friends of freedom and justice journal

Some people have spent so little time thinking about

why they believe what they believe they cannot defend

their beliefs. Their solution often is to try to suppress

by threats or ridicule the rights of others to read or

communicate in a non-disruptive manner. Political

criminals and pro tyrants love and encourage this method.

Other people are so arrogant they assume they know

everything there is to know about history, issues, candi-

dates, and facts and they are not interested in what other

may think or say. We are fortunate these 3 groups are

small. Though the groups are small they are frequently

progressives/liberals (LIBS) and constitute the balance of

power. Kidding can encourage some to think and support

freedom and justice.

The cliché, “never discuss politics or religion,” is

used by the secular humanist progressives very effective-

ly to suppress those who disagree with them from speak-

ing up. However, they put down Christianity, free enter-

prise economics and pro freedom political concepts all

the time in schools, colleges and the mass media. They

underhandedly promote their agenda using government. I

hope to help people understand how and why we can and

must learn how to discuss politics and religion both, civil-

ly and constructively, if we are to preserve freedom.

On page 8 you will find a numerical listing of all 77

ideas, issues and constitutional amendments discussed

(Continued on page 5)

You pay once for education, but you pay continually

for ignorance.

Volume 3, Issue 5 Nevada Historic National Election Issue One American Dollar per Copy November 2, 2010

Contrary to the notion current in Washington politics today, that a person’s character is u n i m p o r t a n t t o h i s performance in office, the Founders of our nation considered the Philosophy and Character of the members of

Congress to be more important than any other thing! Why is a candidate’s Philosophy so important? A candidate’s stand on a few issues, based on poll results, actually means very little. However, if you know a candidate’s Political Philosophy, you can usually predict how they will vote on thousands of issues which may come before they.

CHARACTER: Electing someone in a Republic is like giving them Power of Attorney to write checks on your checking account. If you wouldn’t trust a candidate with your check book, you shouldn’t trust them with your government.

The Socialists and Communists who make up the liberal left wing of American politics, have no hesitation about buying votes

Sharon Angle vs. Harry Reid

V.O.T.E.

“Victory Only Through Education”

Whoever may be elected

to be a Congressman or

Senator from Nevada,

that person will be

required by law to take an

oath to preserve, protect,

a n d d e f e n d t h e

Constitution of the United

States of America, against

all enemies, both foreign

and domestic.

It seems obvious, then,

that voters can only make

a well informed decision

about the candidates if

t h e vo t e r h i m s e l f

u n d e r s t a n d s t h e

Constitution.

Our purpose in publishing

this Journal is to provide

e v e r y v o t e r t h e

opportunity to read (or re-

read) all of the Founding

Documents before the

election.

Would you be surprised to

find that the Declaration

of Independence, was

hand written on a single

page?

The Constitution, hand

written, a single page?

The Bill of Rights, hand

written, a single page?

Many people never

attempt to read the

Foundational Documents,

because they mistakenly

believe they would have to

read a ten volume

encyclopedia set!

This Journal, published by

the Friends of Freedom

and Justice, contains not

only the entire text of all

the Founding Documents,

but many helpful articles

which will enable voters

to better understand the

nature of the obligations,

responsibilities, duties

a n d e s p e c i a l l y ,

restrictions placed upon

the newly elected

Representative by the

Constitution.

Knowing how to V.O.T.E.

will result in better

R e p r e s e n t a t i v e

Government, and public

servants whom you can

hold accountable!

with promises that would tax the nation into economic collapse. (Haven’t they?)

There has never been a more critical time in American history to elect Constitutional conservatives to office, locally and nationally. Vote! And vote for the candidates you know will uphold their Constitutional obligations.

“The Constitution for The United States of America is the People’s Law Over Government”

Ronald Reagan’s Speech

“A Time For Choosing”

Delivered in 1964, is

Still Visionary in 2010!

See Page 3 In This Issue:

The Banner Yet Waves!

POLITICS OF IDEAS, ISSUES and inconvenient FACTS! Principled Politics is the best tool a free people have to maximize Liberty and Justice and minimize tyranny!

Angle vs. Reed for US Senate The liberal left progressives are trying to paint

Sharron Angle as an extremist and unqualified to replace Harry Reed.

It has taken the LIB media and public educational system over 50 years to move much public thinking so far to the left that a significant portion of the liberal voters would view some of her views as extreme.

Integrity and the ability to pick competent advi-sors and search out and recognize the truth is what is important. What good has Reed’s experience done for America and Nevada?

Sure, he is an expert at using welfare and ear-marks for friends to buy votes. Sure, it has allowed

him to stay in power for over two decades, but look where it has gotten us. Sure, he’s gotten rich with interesting land deals, which were successes due significantly to the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac lev-eraged credit system that helped put our housing market and the economy where it is today.

It is almost impossible to imagine anything Shar-ron Angle has proposed that could hurt America or Nevada anywhere near as bad as what Harry Reed had done with his “vast experience”.

When you are going in the wrong direction, get-ting stopped is progress. However, I think many of her ideas will help move us back toward a prosperous, high employment, free enterprise economy.

USE ALL YOUR TOOLS! Striving to understand and promote Freedom and

Justice, and resist the use of government power to promote crime and tyranny, is politics! Self-

imposed Ignorance by those who refuse to read and learn about politics, - because they think

„politics‟ is not a virtue, is not a plus for Freedom and Justice, but a plus for crime and tyranny.

IS THIS A BABY OR JUST A FEW INSIGNIFICANT CELLS???

This is a picture of a 21-week-old baby (fetus) that had been suffering from Spina-Bifida. They were performing surgery to correct and prevent future complications. It was successful. The picture shows the uterus laying on the mothers legs. This picture was taken after the surgery was complete. The baby had extended its arm out through the incision then withdrew it leaving the hand extended out. The doctor placed his finger in the babies palm and his finger was grasped by the baby.

You can get further information at www.WTLtexas.com

or read item 42-E concerning abortions.

In This Issue:

Our Nation’s

Foundations:

The Declaration of

Independence 19 The Constitution

for the United

States of America 20 The Bill of

Rights 22 The Spirit of ‘76

(plus one) Table of

Contents 8

Book Reviews 40 Recommended Books 35

Thoughtful Quotes

From History 37

Issue Development

Campaign Strategies 38

In the 1820’s, the humanists in Massachusetts started promoting government schools with an anti-phonics, anti Bible agenda. Horace Greeley, for whom government schools are sometimes named, was the Political front man for the group. A group composed mostly of Bostonians, who were disciples of Robert Owen’s educational doctrines.

Greeley had a friend, who had developed a sight reading method to teach children with hearing difficulties how to read. When they started the state controlled school system, they adopted sight reading as the mandatory standard. Almost all , if not all, teachers in private, Christian, or community supported schools for the Poor, had been trained in Phonics, and many thought it foolish to learn and use the inferior sight reading methods. This eliminated them from the government school system Greeley was setting up

The tactic was revised by John Dewey and his left-wing followers in their efforts to recapture the educational system in this country, starting in the early 1900’s. If in spite of the Phonics purge, you can still read, we hope when you have finished reading this publication, you will get a copy of the Conspiracy Issue of the New American.

Our objective is not to spend a great deal of time telling you how great the candidates are, and whose baby they kissed, but to develop your interest in issues that we believe are critically important. You can ask the candidates where they stand on these issues.

We sincerely believe if you will examine their material logically, you will agree with us. We believe and hope that at least 10% of the voters are both open minded and logical and, if given a chance to hear the truth will agree with us. We believe that a more powerful government bureaucracy or a One World Government that bypasses the U.S. Constitution is not the answer.

Most hard fought elections are usually won by less than 10%. If you agree with us, discuss these issues with your friends and neighbors. We hope you will also get as many copies as you can afford and make sure they get out to other people. We have tried to do our best to help you.

Please, if you agree with our stands on these issues, do your best to help us. Where you disagree, let us know and we are ready to further explain our side of these issues and listen to yours. We are sincerely interested in seeking out the truth.

The reason for Friends of Freedom and Justice is, a group of people working together to accomplish a common objective are far more effective than if we worked separately.

There is a verse in the Bible that we believe gives meaning to what we are doing. “Give me 10 hardy men, stout hearted and true, and I’ll soon give you 10,000 more.”

If you are interested in starting a neighborhood study group to develop a better understanding of government, history and the Constitution, please contact us. We will be glad to help you, and put you in touch with others from your area.

Thank you, and best wishes. We pray God will bless your efforts, and we hope you will find our efforts worthy of your prayers.

Unless otherwise noted, Entire Contents ©2010 by S.E.C. Consultants

meeting was held among the high level bankers in the Federal Reserve System and the word was passed down to get out of the market before a certain date because after that date, the banks would extend no credit into the market. Before that date, they had been creating up to nine dollars worth of BOOK ENTRY CREDIT for each dollar of savings a person invested in the market.

On October 29, 1929, the Federal Reserve Banks put the brakes on book entry credit going into the Stock Market and the rest is history. The Crash, the Depression and Roosevelt using the Emergency and War Powers Act to declare the American people the Enemy. He suspended the Constitution and seized their gold. This power had been used twice before. Once by Lincoln during the Civil War and later by President Wilson. Wilson used it to require foreign agents buying war materials in the United States to get a license. It did not apply to U. S. Citizens. It was called “Trading with the Enemies Act”. However, in 1933, Roosevelt had Wilson’s law extended to include all U.S. citizens as the enemy.

In 1973, after 40 years, Congress supposedly voted to end that emergency. However, they left almost all of Roosevelt’s unconstitutional emergency programs in place. The government continues to operate under the Emergency and War Powers Act by extending it on a yearly basis. It was these “emergency powers” that President Clinton used to let Mexico have the money to bail them out without the approval of Congress.

We recognize that this is but an abbreviated view of history. If you haven’t made a special effort to find and examine the facts behind these events, they may seem a little strange. The amount of history we have covered could not be documented and proven in a 1000 pages. In. fact, if your mind is made up, it could probably never be proven to your satisfaction.

However, for those of you who are willing to accept the challenge of proving us wrong or confirming our story, we will try to make it easier. After you have finished reading this publication, get a copy of the Conspiracy issue of the New American. When you have finished that, go to the extensive bibliography it contains and peruse those specific subjects you are most interested in.

We believe, for many of you, this will be the first time you will have had a chance, to honestly examine the other side, or in some cases even be aware, there is another side. PLEASE read both sides! Public libraries are full of books and magazines presenting the liberal side. Many libraries even have the CFR publication “Foreign Affairs,” which TIME magazine has credited as being “the most influential Political magazine in the World.”

NOW to finish explaining why this publication, and Friends of Freedom and Justice:

In the 1950’s Time magazine published the results of a study done at a University to determine why people believe what they believe.

The largest group believed what they believed because of what they heard first. The second largest group was, what they had heard most often, and the third largest group was what seemed most logical. We know we cannot get to you first. The liberal and CFR influenced media will do that. They will also get to you most often. We hope to appeal to those of you that prefer logic. To do this we need space, not sound bites

Republican Party in the late 1870’s.

For the next several decades these left-wing liberal activists were involved with organizing and infiltrating Labor Unions or Guilds, as they were sometimes called, and third Party Political Campaigns. The Communist Party was one of them. There is a great deal of evidence to indicate that groups associated with the Communist agenda worked secretly through a man by the name of Colonel House to get Woodrow Wilson elected President in 1912, as well as get the United States into WW1 after his election in 1916.

Prior to the 1912 election, House had published a novel called “Philip Dru Administrator”. In it he outlined a political strategy advocating taking over both political parties at the Presidential level by secretly selecting, promoting and financing candidates in the Primaries of both major Parties.

Wilson claimed House as his alter ego, and House was one of his closest advisers, up until Wilson’s stroke. We believe Wilson, House and those international bankers who were backing House, had hoped to use the turmoil and emotionalism of World War I to justify setting up a One World Government.

Also, President Wilson, Colonel House and their wealthy backers were a major force in designing the Versailles treaty which ended WW1 and some claim laid the foundation for W.W.II. While they were there, they also were working to set up the League of Nations. Senator Henry Cabot Lodge opposed the United States getting involved in the League of Nations, and led a successful drive to stop it.

Senator Lodge sent out a newsletter, with his arguments for opposing the League of Nations, to over a thousand local newspapers. Many of them reprinted his arguments, and the Voters’ reaction that followed stopped the U. S. Senate from signing the treaty and the United States becoming a member of the League of Nations.

After the U.S. Senate failed to ratify the treaty, Colonel House and several young lawyers in the United States. delegation met with a group from England and laid plans to prepare the U.S. Public for a One World Government. The group in England became known as the Royal Institute for International Affairs, and the one in the United States the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). They soon started designing their “educational” new Empire.

In 1928 CFR member, Nelson Rockefeller financed CFR member Henry Luce in what became a publishing Empire which included Time, Life and Fortune magazines. If you would like to see how extensive the CFR influence in the media as well as in the Government and business is today, just take a look at the Charts in the ‘CONSPIRACY” issue of the New American.

In 1928, Herbert Hoover was the first CFR member elected President. Between 1923 and 1929 the Federal Reserve Banks which had been established in 1913, after Wilson’s election started inflating the Stock Market by using their recently designed book entry credit system. Anybody with cash, who wasn’t speculating on the Stock Market and supposedly getting rich because of the rapidly inflating stock prices was thought to be a fool by many.

In the fall of 1929, a secret

Dear esteemed Reader.

You may be wondering what this publication is. Why now and Why you? We will attempt to explain it honestly, and hopefully to your satisfaction. The political and economic forces that we refer to as left wing liberalism have been stirring throughout the world in a very militant and aggressive form, for at least two hundred years.

There is evidence that Karl Marx, who was in exile in England in the 1840’s, was hired or financed by a secret group to stage a meeting, supposedly, representing the workers of the world. There were about thirty people who attended that meeting. Over half of them were related to Marx. They voted to have Karl Marx write what became the Communist Manifesto. It was written in cooperation with Frederick Engels. It was to be a document to explain what the Communist claimed was the scientific basis for and the historical inevitability of Communism. It also explained the importance of personal income taxes, central banking, a nationalized educational system, etc. It advocated a revolution to eliminate the last vestiges of the old system of free enterprise, which Marx called capitalism.

It was written to prepare those who were so inclined, to participate in the Communist revolutions that were being planned for the 1850’s. The Communist manifesto was published in 1848, however, it was 20 years later before Marx’s name was put on it. Much of what was learned in the French Revolution was codified and entered into the Manifesto.

There were over 30 Communist revolutions in Europe between the publication of the Communist Manifesto and the American Civil War. Though Marx himself was poor, his backers, many of whom were the younger children of British Nobility, did have money, and the Manifesto was soon translated into over a dozen languages. It was spread throughout Europe. None of these revolutions were successful in overthrowing a government, and many revolutionaries fled to the United States. Some of them also became involved with the Civil War, Reconstruction and with a group in the Republican Party called the Radical Republicans. They began to lose their strong influence in the

“Tabisert”

Self-Contained

Pullout Sections

Let’s say you’re down

to your last copy of

the FF&J Journal, and

a couple of your

friends drop by.

Naturally, everyone

wants to read articles

in FF&JJ, but usually

the front page of an

article one wants to

read is printed on the

back of an article

another wants to

read. What to do?

Fortunately, this issue

of FF&JJ has been laid

out so that some of

the most interesting

articles are contained

in handy -dandy

pullout sections we

call a “Tabisert.”

A Tabisert is one of

the single sheets of

paper the FF&J is

printed on. Each

Tabisert has four

pages printed on it.

So if one of your

friends wants to read

Reagan’s famous

speech “A Time for

Choosing” from

beginning to end,

while another friend

wants to read The

Foundations Docu-

ments, you can just

pull out the Tabiserts

those articles are on,

and they can read

their articles from

beginning to end

without having to

swap pages back and

forth!

Meanwhile, you can

read all about Issues

Development Cam-

paigning Strategies,

likewise undisturbed.

Handy-Dandy, like we

said, right?

Well, we thought so,

too. At least, it

seemed like a good

idea when we first

thought of it!

Anyway, there are two

Tabiserts in this issue:

The Reagan Speech

starts on page 3.

The Center Spread is

on the Foundations of

the American form of

government: The

Documents revered by

Freedom loving people

the World over.

The Declaration of

Independence,

The Constitution for

the United States of

America, and the Bill

of Rights, all of the

Founding Documents

in their entirety!

Tabiserts!

Try ‘em, You’ll

like ‘em!

Why This Publication?

Buy Them by the Bundle:

Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal

Each Issue of the FF&JJ is actually priceless, however we do sell individual copies for only $1.00 — an unquestionable bargain. An even GREATER bargain can be had by buying the FF&JJ by the hundreds! 10: $7.50 = 75¢ each. 100: $60 = 60¢ each. 500: $250 = 50¢ each. 1000: $400 = 40¢ each. Call for prices on larger quantities.

Wrapped in bundles of 50, freight not included.

P.O. Box 32588

Amarillo, Texas 79120-2588 Call (806) 433-4957

SEE: Page 38-39 for Details and Distribution Suggestions.

Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal: Nevada Historic National Election Issue November 2, 2010

I have spent most of my life as a

Democrat. I recently have seen fit

to follow another course. I believe

that the issues confronting us cross

party lines. Now, one side in this

campaign has been telling us that

the issues of this election are the

maintenance of peace and

prosperity. The line has been used,

“We’ve never had it so good!”

But I have an uncomfortable

feeling that this prosperity isn’t

something upon which we can base

our hopes for the future. No nation

in history has ever survived a tax

burden that reached a third of its

national income. Today 37 cents

out of every dollar earned in this

country is the tax collector’s share,

and yet our government continues

to spend $17 million a day more

than the government takes in.

Unbalanced Budgets

We haven’t balanced our budget 28 out of the last 34 years. We have raised our debt limit three times in the last 12 months, and now our national debt is one and a half times bigger than all the combined debts of all the nations of the world. We have $15 billion in gold in our treasury-we don’t own an ounce. Foreign dollar claims are $27.3 billion, and we have just had announced that the dollar of 1939 will now purchase 45 cents in its total value.

As for the peace that we would preserve, I wonder who among us would like to approach the wife or mother whose husband or son has died in Viet Nam and ask them if they think this is a peace that should be maintained indefinitely. Do they mean we just want to be left in peace? There can be no real peace while one American is dying some place in the world for the rest of us.

We are at war with the most dangerous enemy that has ever faced mankind in his long climb from the swamp to the stars, and it has been said if we lose that war, and in so doing lose this way of freedom of ours, history will record with the greatest astonishment that those who had the most to lose did the least to prevent its happening.

Well, I think it’s time to ask ourselves if we still know the freedoms intended for us by the Founding Fathers.

Not too long ago two friends of mine were talking to a Cuban refugee, a business-man who escaped from Castro, and in the midst of his story one of my friends turned to the other and said, “We don’t know how lucky we are.” And the Cuban stopped and said “How lucky you are! I had some place to escape to.”

In the sentence he told us the entire story. If we lose freedom here, there is no place to escape to. This is the last stand on earth, and this idea that government is beholden to the people, that it has no other source of power except the sovereign people, is still the newest and most unique idea in all the long history of man’s relation to man.

This is the issue of this election, whether we believe in our capacity for self-government or whether we abandon the American Revolution and confess that a little intellectual elite in a far-distant capital can plan our lives for us better than we can plan them ourselves.

You and I are told increasingly that we have to choose between a left or right, but I would like to suggest that there is no such things as a left or right. There is only an up or down--up to the man’s age-old dream--the ultimate in individual freedom consistent with law and order--or down to the ant heap of totalitarianism, and regardless of their sincerity, their humanitarian motives, those who would trade our freedom for security have embarked on this downward course.

In this vote harvesting time they use terms like “the Great Society,” or, as we were told a short time ago by the President, we must accept a “greater government activity in the affairs of the people.” But they have been a little more explicit in the past, and among themselves-and all of these things that I now will quote have appeared in print. These are not Republican accusations.

For example, they have voices that say “the cold war will end through our acceptance of a not undemocratic socialism.” Another voice says that the profit motive has become outmoded; it must be replaced by the incentives of the welfare state, or our traditional system of individual freedom is incapable of solving the complex problems of the 20th Century.

Senator Fullbright has said at Stanford University that the Constitution is outmoded. He referred to the President as a moral teacher, and our leader, and he said he is hobbled in his task by the restrictions in power imposed on him by this antiquated document. He must be freed so that he can do for us what he knows is best.

And Senator Clark of Pennsylvania, another articulate spokesman defines liberalism as “meeting the material needs of the masses through the full power of centralized government.” Well, I for one resent it when a representative of the people refers to you and me-the free men and women of this country-as “the masses.” This is a term we haven’t applied to ourselves in America.


One of the treasures we included in this issue of the Journal is this

powerful speech by Ronald Reagan, which he made in support of

Barry Goldwater just before the presidential election of 1964. It is this

speech, “A Time for Choosing,” which established Reagan’s reputation

and launched his political career. While it is engaging fun to read his

remarks, then contemporary, about Bobby Baker, Billy Sol Estes,

Vietnam, and a yearly wage of $3,000 being “above the Poverty line,”

it is yet sobering to recognize the the issues he addressed over forrty

years ago as the very crises we face today.

Ronald Reagan resonated with a prophesy-like prediction that the

policies of the Liberal Left would erode the Foundations of the

Republic by chipping away at the United States Constitution. In fact,

looking back as we read his speech, we realize how much worse off we

are now than we were even then. Reagan points out that in 1964 the

federal government bureaucrats were spending ten times more dollars

annually to “fight poverty,” than was spent yearly helping people

during the Great Depression!

Consider these facts: Today, in 2010, we are spending 100 times more

than in 1964 to “fight poverty,” as an ongoing legacy of President

Lyndon Johnson’s so-called “War on Poverty.” In fact, it has cost U.S.

taxpayers over eight trillion dollars since 1964, an amount equal to 2/3

the national debt! One out four dollars (1/4) went to those who were

supposedly poor. The other three dollars out every four spent (3/4)

went up in smoke as “administrative overhead.” An incredible

government boondoggle, “spending” three dollars in order to “give

away” one! And all four dollars came out of taxpayers’ pockets, and

every one of these “tax and spend” boondoggles is UN-Constitutional!

Only the names have changed. The Liberal Left game plan remains the

same. It is a deadly serious game, and one we must win. The United

States of America is the last thin shred of hope for freedom in the

world. If we lose our Republic to the socialist elements within our

country who are willing to let our Constitution be destroyed by

encroachment and usurpation, we may never get it back, even at the

cost of the shedding of much blood. That is why we must reclaim it

now. It belongs to us. It is the Government of the People, by the

People, and for the People. NOT the government of the attorneys, by

the bureaucrats, and for the politicians.

This Historic Nevada Election is indeed “A Time for Choosing.” Reading

and pondering this speech by one of the great Patriots and Constitu-

tionalists of the Twentieth Century is a good start towards choosing

wisely and well.

“A Time For Choosing”

Ronald Reagan Speech: “A Time for Choosing” Tabisert Page 1


President

Ronald

Reagan

program means that we want to end payments to those people who depend on them for a livelihood.

They have called it insurance to us in a hundred million pieces of literature. But then they appeared before the Supreme Court and they testified that it was a welfare program. They only use the term “insurance” to sell it to the people. And they said Social Security dues are a tax for the general use of the government and the government has used that tax. There is no fund, because Robert Byers, the actuarial head, appeared before a congressional committee and admitted that Social Security as of this moment is $298 billion in the hole.

But he said there should be no cause for worry because as long as they have the power to tax, they could always take away from the people whatever they needed to bail them out of trouble! And they are doing just that.

Social Security

A young man, 21 years of age, working at an average salary...his Social Security contribution would, in the open market buy him an insurance policy that would guarantee $220 a month at age 65. The government promises $127! He could live it up until he is 31 and then take out a policy that would pay more than Social Security.

Now are we so lacking in business sense that we can’t put this program on a sound basis so that people who do require those payments will find that they can get them when they are due...that the cupboard isn’t bare? Barry Goldwater thinks we can.

At the same time, can’t we introduce voluntary features that would permit a citizen to do better on his own, to be excused upon presentation of evidence that he had made provisions for non-earning years?

Should we not allow a widow with children to work, and not lose the benefits supposedly paid for by her deceased husband? Shouldn’t both you and I be allowed to declare who our beneficiaries will be under these programs which we cannot do? I think we are for telling our senior citizens that no one in this country should be denied medical care, because of a lack of funds.

But I think we are against forcing all citizens, regardless of need, into a compulsory government program, especially when we have such examples, as announced last week, when France admitted that their Medicare program was now bankrupt. They’ve come to the end of the road.

In addition, was Barry Goldwater so irresponsible when he suggested that our government give up its program of deliberate planned inflation so that when you do get your Social Security pension, a dollar will buy a dollar’s worth, and not 45 cents worth?

I think we are for the international organizations, where


that if we divided $45 billion up equally among these 9 million poor families, we would be able to give each family $4,600 a year, and this, added to their present income, should eliminate poverty!

Direct aid to the poor, however, is running only about $600 per family. It seems that at someplace there must be some overhead. So now we declare “War on Poverty” or “You, Too, Can Be a Bobby Baker!

Now, do they honestly expect us to believe that if we add $1 billion to the $45 billion we are spending...one more program to the 30-odd we have (and remember, this new program doesn’t replace any, it just duplicates existing programs.

...Do you believe that poverty is suddenly going to disappear by magic?

Well, in all fairness I should explain that there is one part of the new program that isn’t duplicated. This is the youth feature. We are now going to solve the dropout problem, juvenile delinquency, by reinstituting something like the old CCC camps, and we are going to put our young people in camps, and we are going to put our young people in camps; but again we do some arithmetic, and we find that we are going to spend each year just on room and board for each young person that we help $4,700 a year?

We can send them to Harvard for $2,700! Don’t get me wrong, I’m not suggesting that Harvard is the answer to juvenile delinquency.

But seriously, what are we doing to those we seek to help? Not too long ago, a judge called me here in Los Angeles. He told me of a young woman who had come before him for a divorce.

She had six children, was pregnant with her seventh. Under his questioning, she revealed her husband was a laborer earning $250 a month. She wanted a divorce so that she could get an $80 raise. She is eligible for $330 a month in the aid to dependent children program. She got the idea from two women in her neighborhood who had already done that very thing.

Yet any time you and I question the schemes of the do-gooders, we are denounced as being against their humanitarian goals. They say we are always “against” things, never “for” anything. Well, the trouble with our liberal friends is not that they are ignorant, but that they know so much that is not so!

We are for a provision that destitution should not follow unemployment by reason of old age, and to that end we have accepted Social Security as a step toward meeting the problem. But we are against those entrusted with this program when they practice deception regarding its fiscal shortcomings, when they charge that any criticism of the

up; the price of wheat to the farmer goes down.

Assault on Freedom

Meanwhile, back in the city, under urban renewal, the assault on freedom carries on. Private property rights are so diluted that public interest is almost anything that a few government planners decide it should be. In a program that takes from the needy and gives to the greedy, we see such spectacles as in Cleveland, Ohio, a million and a half dollar building, completed only three years ago, must be destroyed to make way for what government officials call “a more compatible use of the land.”

The President tells us he is now going to start building public housing units in the thousands where heretofore we have only built them in the hundreds. But FHA and the Veterans Administration tell us that they have 120,000 units they’ve taken back through foreclosures.

For three decades we have sought to solve the problems of u n e m p l o y m e n t t h r o u g h government planning, and the more the plans fail, the more planners plan. The latest in the Area Redevelopment Agency. They have just declared Rice County, Kansas, a depressed area. Rice County Kansas, has 200 wells, and the 14,000 people there have over $30 million on deposit in personal savings in their banks. When the government tells you, you are depressed, lie down and be depressed!

We have so many people who can’t see a fat man standing beside a thin one without coming to the conclusion that the fat man got that way by taking advantage of the thin one! So they are going to solve all the problems of human misery through government and government planning.

Well, now, if the government planning and welfare had the answer, and they’ve had almost 30 years of it, shouldn’t we expect the government to read the score to us once in a while?

Shouldn’t they be telling us about the decline each year in the number of people needing help? ... The reduction in the need for public housing? But the reverse is true. Each year the need grows greater, the problem grows greater. We were told four years ago that 17 million people went to bed hungry each night. Well, that was probably true. They were all on a diet!

But now we are told that 9.3 million families in this country are poverty stricken on the basis of earning less than $3,000 a year. Welfare spending is ten times greater than in the dark depths of the depression. WE are spending $45 billion on welfare. Now do a little arithmetic and you will find

Government Coercion

But beyond that, “the full power of centralized government” was the very thing the Founding Fathers sought to minimize. They knew that governments don’t control things. A government can’t control the economy without controlling people. And they knew when a government sets out to do that, it must use force and coercion to achieve its purpose.

They also know, those Founding Fathers, that outside of its legitimate functions, government does nothing as well or as economically as the private sector of the economy. Now, we have no better example of this than the government’s involvement in the farm economy over the last 30 years. Since 1955 the cost of this program has nearly doubled. One-fourth of farming in America is responsible for 85 per cent of the farm surplus, three-fourths of farming is out on the free market and has shown a 21 per cent increase in the per-capita consumption of all its produce. You see that one-fourth of farming that’s regulated and controlled by the federal government?

In the last three years we have spent $43 in the feed grain program for every dollar bushel of corn we don’t grow. Senator Humphrey last week charged that Barry Goldwater as President would seek to eliminate farmers. He should do his homework a little better, because he will find out that we have had a decline of 5 million in the farm population under these government programs.

He will also find that the Democratic Administration has sought to get from Congress an extension of the farm program to include that three-fourths that is now free. He will find that they have also asked for the right to imprison farmers who wouldn’t keep books as prescribed by the federal government.

The secretary of agriculture asked for the right to seize farms through condemnation and resell them to other individuals. And contained in that same program was a provision that would have allowed the federal government to remove two million farmers from the soil.

At the same time there has been an increase in the Department of Agriculture employees. There is now one for every 30 farms in the United States and still they can’t tell us how 66 shiploads of grain headed for Austria disappeared without a trace, and Billy Sol Estes never left shore?

Every responsible farmer and farm organization has repeatedly asked the government to free the farm economy, but who are farmers to know what is best for them? The wheat farmers voted against a wheat program. The government passed it anyway. Now the price of bread goes

(Continued from page 3)

Reagan: “A Time for Choosing”



here. At the end you will find a list of suggested

books, historical quotes, and a brief presentation of

issue development and clarification campaigning

a method that been proven not only very effective

but also very cost effective.

A way to promote constitutional awareness

and good constitutional amendments is to ask every

candidate for every office to analyze and comment

on items 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41 and 56. Most

take an oath to uphold the constitution, and they

should understand it. They often run for higher of-

fices. When we get rid of enough bad candidates at

the bottom, we can elect enough good candidates at

the top. We can then start to strengthen our State

and Federal constitutions with extreme caution. Per-

haps item 56 on page 24 is a good place to start just

to be on the safe side, although I think they all de-

serve thought. We can slow down this lurch to the

left and irrational spending by gaining control of the

house in 2010 but we must not let up. Real pro-

gress will start in 2012 and 2014 by gaining control

of the presidency, the Senate the House, the Courts

and the States.

I intend this presentation to provide insight

into how to maximize liberty and justice and mini-

mize the risk of allowing or creating a government

and social structure that has a high risk of yielding to

despotism and tyranny. This is my definition of Lib-

ertarian.

I am going to paraphrase a thought ex-

pressed by Mark Twain and apply it to modern day

politics. “Our problem is not so much what we

don’t know — but what we know for certain that

just ain’t so.”

I hope to provoke thought and discussion as to

how to accomplish this as well as provide some cru-

cial starting points for discussions. My objective is

not to encourage moving to the left enough to get

“so called moderates” to support our agenda, by de-

ceit and/or compromise, but to present the history,

facts and logic in such a way as to show them the

errors behind their positions. In addition, to help

voters understand that they have frequently been

manipulated by the authoritarian left with a divide

and conquer strategy. They are the victims of 100

plus years of LIB designer history and facts. If you

have the open mindedness and persistence to read

and think about the Ideas, issues, and facts presented

and the logic applied to them. My one on one expe-

rience is that most of you who truly believe in max-

imizing liberty and justice will agree with most of

my positions.

Truth is our strongest weapon and we should

not compromise it with deceit to get elected. Get

elected, so we can do good things for the people,

behind their backs. This is the method the Liberal

Left Progressives (LIBS) use. They have to use it

because most people would not support their Ego-

lectual authoritarian statist agenda if they presented

it to them as they hope to implement it in this coun-

try. Implement it here, as they implemented it in

Russia under Stalin, Germany under Hitler, China

under Mao, Cuba under Castro and in Venezuela,

under Hugo Chavez. Chavez, and his Gestapo tac-

tics are ignored and/or defended by LIBS. They de-

fend Chavez just as they defend Obama‟s lurch to

the left.

Some, who are under the influence of LIB in-

doctrination, will think I should not have included

Hitler. Sure, there was a conflict between the two

progressive camps but the Nazi‟s (National Social-

ist) were 90% of the way to (International Social-

ism) Communism. Why do you think they bragged

they could turn the reddest Communist into a Nazi in

30 days? This confidence allowed Communists to

infiltrate the Nazi government.

There is evidence that a significant amount of

Hitler‟s military success in Western and Eastern Eu-

rope was due to Communist influences in his secret

intelligence activities. They were perhaps responsi-

ble for diverting his siege of Leningrad, the rail cen-

ter of Russia toward Moscow the Capital, and ulti-

mately the long difficult winter supply lines and the

starvation and freezing deaths of hundreds of thou-

sands of poorly armed German troops. I am glad

Hitler lost the war, but I somewhat question the

good of Stalin winning these battles.

Today we are seeing a major effort made by

LIBS in trying to split libertarian Republicans and

conservative Republicans to prevent the election of

Rand Paul to the US Senate from Kentucky. This

LIB attack gives us the opportunity to inform voters

and expose the LIBS devious tactics and ulterior

agenda!!!

I can understand why the LIBS have distorted

what he said. They believe that anything that ad-

vances their agenda is justified. However, why peo-

ple I consider good conservatives follow their lead

instead of doing their own research and discussing

what he said and why they disagree with it bothers

me.

Rand Paul said he supported the overall intent of

the Civil Rights Laws but that he thought they went

too far in unconstitutionally violating private proper-

ty rights. That the real-problems were the result of

bad unconstitutional State or local government inter-

vention, Jim Crow laws that forced discrimination

by all private property owners. Rand Paul believed

that without Jim Crow laws, competition would have

discouraged and quickly eliminated racial discrimi-

nation based on private property rights. He also said

he would have gladly marched with Martin Luther

King opposing racial discrimination. I believe that

honoring property rights would have avoided the

psychological, political and economic abuse of these

laws to promote present racial conflict.

I hope consideration of all the ideas, issues

and facts presented are worth your time and ef-

fort even if you disagree with some of the argu-

ments. The objective is to provoke thought, cre-

ate insight, encourage study, and reveal truth;

however, each item is stand alone and they can be

read individually. The techniques used in the at-

tacks on Rand Paul shows the LIB news media has

no desire to expose the truth but rather to promote

their LIB agenda even if it requires lies and deceit.

If you would like insight into someone who was

healing the race problem prior to 1900 read Booker

T. Washington‟s “UP FROM SLAVERY” or ITEM

43 (Racism and who promotes it). In addition, if

you would like some insight into how the interna-

tional socialist movement, in the early 30‟s, under

orders from Stalin, set out to gain control of the

black vote by introducing the social gospel into the

black churches, you should read “Color, Com-

munism and Common Sense” by Manning Johnson

and ITEM 44 (Retribution or politics of discon-

tent. Each Item is standalone, so fell free to start

where you have maximum interests or expertise

McCain's nomination by the media, misinformed

independents and disillusioned conservatives (who

stayed home). Moreover, Obama‟s election by the

media, misinformed independents and disillusioned

conservatives does a lot to show that voting does

matter. Waiting until the primary and/or the general

election and picking from the media choices, is bad

politics. It does not contribute to good government.

We must learn how to make it a reasonable year

around effort and be active in influencing the Re-

publican and Democrat parties from our precinct up.

Talk radio is a start but we need to do better much

better!!! PLEASE MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS

FOR IMPROVEMENTS and if you find this infor-

mation insightful, use it in your conversations with

others.

The radical authoritarian LIBS won‟t be stopped

by subsidizing their controlled media with massive

amounts of our campaign dollars, in publications, or

on Radio or TV station that they use to undermine

ridicule, distort and/or smear our issues and candi-

dates. Moreover, we will not do it with a flier in the

screen door or on a windshield. Issue development

and clarification campaigning using educational tab-

loids and paperback pocket books with a candidates

flier pasted in the back cover was effective! It is at

least twice as effective as conventional campaign

methods and at less than 1/5 the cost. It uses volun-

teers very efficiently and effectively doing some-

thing, they can believe in and see working!!! Non

-partisan activists can organize and implement

independent campaigns. They can present issues

and endorse candidates of choice especially in pri-

maries. (See APPENDIX C on pages 38-39)

Some claim people will not read. Some do or

we would not have libraries, bookstores, maga-

zines or road signs. Tabloids can be designed us-

ing a magazine format, for multi level, area of

interest or start and stop readership. Most peo-

ple read something, and one person that reads if

given the tools can talk too many, sometimes mo-

tivate them to read.

We are distributing this material because we

are interested in promoting liberty and justice;

not only in our School Districts, cities, counties,

states, country, political parties and labor unions; but

also to provide an example for the rest of the

world, just as the founding fathers hoped.

I find no comfort in those who want the free-

dom to practice Sharia law in their family, mosque

or neighborhood here, but not oppose and perhaps

support persecution and/or execution of those who

wish to choose a different set of beliefs, in Muslim

dominated nations.

I find no comfort in the liberal media and poli-

ticians defending the building of a Mosque near

ground zero in an area where there is a Masque near-

by and very few Muslims. A custom, militant Mus-

lims have practiced for hundreds of years to indicate

Muslim conquest and control. In the past, this was

usually religious facilities that were replaced by or

converted to Muslim Mosques.

The supporting Imam, who has refused to de-

nounce Muslim terrorist groups, has called it the

Cordoba project perhaps to symbolize the militant

Muslim conquest of Spain about 1000 years ago and

converting a major Cathedral in Cordoba Spain into

a Mosque. However, even though militant Muslims,

Saudi Arabia and the U S government destroy many

Bibles and Muslims harass and execute non-militant

local Christians as well as a Christian dental team

doing voluntary service for Afghan children. Yet

they turn it into a major international incident when

a Pastor of a small church announces he is going to

burn a Quran as a symbolic protest of 9/11. The fact

we can observe and the real lesson we can learn is

the ease and rapidity LIB‟S will hypocritically spin

ideas and issues. For LIB‟S, its ok to trample or

burn the flag or the Bible and protestors ridiculed for

protesting, but burn a Quran as a protest to Muslim

terrorists killing 3000 people is terrible. On 9/11/01,

19 terrorist killed 3000 innocent victims (150 to 1)

but during the Iraq and Afghan wars with the help of

local Muslims, we have killed over 20 terrorists for

each U S soldier lost. Over a 100,000 terrorists,

have been recruited and eliminated in Iraq and Af-

ghanistan. If burning the Quran causes more terror-

ists to stick their heads up so they have their hypoc-

risy exposed and these terrorists eliminated lets burn

some more. How many Bibles were burned in the

Twin Towers??? LIB‟S should not be allowed to,

unchallenged, treat Muslim terrorists and the Quran,

as superior to Christians and the Bible. Destroy ter-

rorists soon and efficiently or change them should be

the objective.

I find no comfort in those who oppose the

death penalty here, but show little concern for and

sometimes even support, for a Marxist/Leninist be-

lief system that tortured and caused the deaths of

over 100 million innocent people in the 20th century.

Stalin claimed people would look at this as a statistic

and not as millions of tragedies.

I find no comfort in those who show no under-

standing of the purpose of the Bill of Rights or

awareness of why our founding fathers put great

effort into setting up a federated system of layered,

(county, State and Federal) bottom up, semi autono-

mous, constitutionally limited democratic republics,

each with an executive, legislative, and judicial

branch. Rejecting, top down national government



POLITICS OF IDEAS, ISSUES and inconvenient FACTS! Principled politics is the best tool a free people have to maximize liberty and justice and minimize tyranny! Use it!!!


as was the case with kings. Moses set up a bottom

up system of elected judges for solving disputes.

However, the Israelites demanded a king.

I find no comfort in those who accuse the pro

free enterprise, pro liberty and justice element of our

society of being Fascist, while they readily use tech-

niques and arguments of left wing Fascism/Nazis

and far left Communism to gradually advance us

through Fascism toward Socialism and perhaps ulti-

mately to Marxist/Leninist Communism.

I find no comfort in political and union leaders,

who want to promote coerced unions, by depriving

workers a secret ballot; Or activists who promote

execution of preborn, but resist execution of risky,

high maintenance murders. I understand why

Communists oppose executing murders. This poten-

tially undermines their recruiting assassins for their

final takeover of a country. The more murders in

prison, the more the tax-burden on the innocent and

the greater the risks.

I find no comfort in reading the “history

books” of liberal “historians” with few if any histor-

ical sources. Instead, I find a list of other liberal

“historians” and the books they have written, No

documentation in them either, but instead a list,

which includes many of the same (team‟s) “history

books”. Patrick Henry is put-down or deleted. The

same Patrick Henry, who, Jefferson, in his old age

said “In the revolution he was our leader…he

stood above us all…looking back it is difficult to

say what we would have done without him”. To

understand Henry and his influence on the Revolu-

tion, the Constitution, the Bill of Rights and our reli-

gious culture, read “PATRICK HENRY: Patriot

and Statesman by Norine Dickson Campbell. You

well find it well sourced. It may give insight into

Henry‟s deletion from liberal designer history. For

insight into designer history, read, “HISTORY

WAS MY UNDOING” and “QUEST OF A HEMI-

SPHER” by Donzella Cross Boyle.

Since most of us are concerned about the econo-

my and unemployment, I have included several

items that will help many of you who are concerned

and sincerely interested in understanding the prob-

lem and why the Obamaites proposed solutions

make the problems worse and promote socialism.

They are: (1) ITEM 14 (MONEY WHAT IS IT?

WHY DOES IT WORK?), (2) ITEM 15 (FEDERAL

RESERVE BANKS, A COSTLY COUNTERFEIT

CREDIT, AND BOOK ENTRY MONEY SYS-

TEM, (3) ITEM 18 (MONEY CRISES; WHO IS

PROFITING), (4) ITEM 53 (PROFITS, CAPITAL-

ISM & PROSPERITY), (5) ITEM 58 (DEFICITS

AND DEBT, CLINTON AND OBAMA), (6) ITEM

64 (WHAT IS A JOB AND ARE ALL JOBS

EQUAL).

When I started this project I felt a strong burden

to clarify several issues that I thought were critical to

our nations well being but which I thought the mass

media and many politicians and special interest

groups were distorting to the point that many people

were having a problem arriving at a logical conclu-

sion based on facts. In my metamorphous from a

bleeding heart liberal, Castro supporter to a liberty

and justice liberal John Lock supporter I had read

many hundreds of books and acquired and scanned

thousands. I had also talked one on one to hundreds

perhaps thousands of people, see ITEM 57

(CONFESSIONS OF AN EX-HEMOPHILIC

{bleeding heart} LIBERAL). I thought I was about

finished writing the article. I was working on an

Item in the twenties and having a mental block. I

was praying for help with finishing that item when

the irrelevant number 70 flashed into my mind and I

couldn‟t get it out. There are now 77 items. I will

let you decide which seven I was supposed to leave

out.

As you study the “POLITICS OF IDEAS, IS-

SUES AND INCONVENIENT FACTS” article, I

would like to suggest that you keep the following in

mind as a possibility for 2012, Sara Palin for Presi-

dent and Herman Cain for Vice President. I believe

either would be qualified to be either, but this ar-

rangement I believe would be the most psychologi-

cally traumatizing to the progressives and most ener-

gizing for the Tea Party Conservatives and Libertari-

ans in the Republican Party. We‟ve already had a

woman Vice Presidential candidate and a black Pres-

idential candidate I suspect God has blessed us

with an excellent team and an excellent opportunity

to advance FREEDOM AND JUSTICE. I am aware

that Mr. Cain has been involved with the Federal

Reserve System and I am very suspicious of it, how-

ever I believe his strong Christian back ground will

keep him from being used and his inside knowledge

and strong business and analytical back ground will

be a real plus. I will discuss this further later.

Another good prospect for president or vice

president is David Barton of WallBuilders.com. He

recently gave an outstanding speech at the 9/11 Am-

arillo Texas Tea Party Program. I hope he will make

a DVD of it, but I also would recommend that if you

can get him to present that program to your local

community it would be a real plus. He is an out-

standing knowledgeable and articulate Constitution-

al Historian!!!

If you find this interesting, and would like to

obtain copies or help promote wide distribution of

the FRIENDS OF FREEDOM AND JUSTICE jour-

nal, please contact [email protected] /PH

806-433-4957 ask for Norm.

My experience in political communications and

campaigns makes me believe that the distribution of

10‟s of thousands of newsprint, tabloid format cop-

ies of this material plus Reagan‟s 1964 Goldwater

speech, the Declaration of Independence and the

Constitution would increase a pro-Constitutional

candidates vote by 5 to 10 percent relative to a liber-

al pro Obama candidate. I would estimate the cost

to print would be about $6,000/20,000 copies. In

addition, it is 3 to 4 times easier to deliver door-to-

door then fliers and costs about the same amount to

mail. I believe it would significantly improve the

long-term effect of the campaign and significantly

improve the candidate‟s election chance. I believe,

the Senate races in Nevada, Colorado and West Vir-

ginia plus the Michael Bachman Congressional race

in Minnesota would be good places to start. Tea

Party activist using endorsements could do this Inde-

pendent of the candidates‟ campaigns. This is not a government or bureaucratic edict to force on eve-rybody; but Ideas, issues and facts for you to think about and discuss with others and perhaps refute or improve upon. That’s what causes progress, not suppression of free speech or communications. If you believe in and wish to promote liberty and justice, I hope you will read this and can use it with friends.

I know that what I have done is not the stand-ard political way of fooling most of the people most of the time. Our long-term success requires truth. It cannot depend on fooling people or cater-ing to fools.

It is said that those who don’t read are no bet-ter off then those who can’t read. Some claim that because there are crooks in politics they refuse to participate and therefore are not responsible for what they do. I believe that those who refuse to get informed and vote are half as guilty as the crooks they get into office.

Some people assume they are superior because they refuse to think about, study or consider histo-ry, issues or facts that relate to politics. I find it dif-ficult to believe that self-imposed ignorance is a plus for liberty and justice or something to respect.

I believe that any free and just society starts with the individual and his relationship with his creator. The security and the freedom and justice of the individual must start with the nuclear family and the individual’s responsibility to it, and the church, plus the right freely to communicate.

The fortress for freedom is than built on; (1) The family; (2) The local school systems (government, private, church and home); (3) The county and city governments; (4) Constitutionally limited state governments; (5) a Constitutionally limited Federal government.

The fortress for justice is built on; (1) The family (2) The individual and the jury trial; (3) County sher-iff and judicial system; (4) The state judicial system; (5) The federal judicial system; each in their proper place.

The fortress for security is built on; (1) The fami-ly (2) The right of the individual to keep and bear arms; (3) The right of individuals to associate and train as a local militia; (4) The county sheriff (see Item 50) and city police; (5) State police; (6) The Coast Guard, the boarder-patrol, and the military at the federal level

All levels are important but the major authority for all should be from the bottom up. Moreover, the major risks for corruption and political malig-nancy are greatest from the top down. Checks and balances are important at all levels but eternal vigi-lance by the individual is always the most im-portant. I hope and pray I can explain and convince you we should both seek and accept this responsi-bility.

We the people, Democrats, Republicans, Liber-tarians and Independents are for the most part proud and thankful for what our military is and does for our freedom and our country by presently pro-tecting us from militant Communism and Jihadist Muslims.

Let us do our part to make sure they can return to and have a country where LIFE, LIBERTY, AND PURSUIT OF HAPPINESS ARE GOD GIVEN RIGHTS, however, without the God given right to own prop-erty and maximizing the individuals control of it, the others mean nothing.

Many liberal left progressives (LIBS) denounce our military industrial complex as a threat to the world and our freedom. We should watch, all col-lections of power with vigilance, but so far, we have more freedom and are more prosperous than the rest of the world partly because of them. Our threats comes primarily from LIBS who eat away at our political and social super structure like termites, hoping it will collapse and they will become our masters and masters of a godless world. Our threat is from the political complex, made up of; Liberal Left Progressives (LIBS), money manipulators, mass loser media, anti-Christian, anti-Constitutionalist, and pro nationalizing, pro internationalizing activ-ists!!!

As some of you read this I know you will think I have been too harsh on the mass media, liberal pro-gressives, labor unions, Democrats, politicians, McCain, or even libertarians and Republicans. How-ever if you read it carefully you will find I have op-posed their agenda or their methods not distorted them and then tried to use the distortions to smear them. I have presented the history of their side, their arguments and their agenda as they expressed and practiced them and I understood them.

I have stated my views and proposed solutions openly. I have tried to conceal nothing. I believe free speech (communications) is critical to a free society. I have not tried to brow beat, insult or smear anybody nor disrupt the legitimate operation of anything, or stop anyone else from expressing a different opinion. I have stated my views and opin-ions openly. I have left material out only because of time and space and not because I thought, some-one might be offended or disagree with it. If I thought it critical and factual, I included it. I hope you will judge this essay and documentary in its en-tirety and on that basis.

This is not the case with the mass media, and LIB Democrat activist, ACORN, or SEIU (Service Em-ployees International Union) and their treatment of the Tea Party people. They have called them greedy, racists, red necks, Nazi’s, haters, local ter-rorists, hicks, etc. In addition, accused people in their groups of saying and doing things there’s no pictures, recordings or evidence of them doing. Now there is a Web blog Instructing, liberal left pro-




gressives (LIBS), to infiltrate the Tea Party Rallies and, do and record, the racist things they have been accusing them of doing but couldn’t get them to do. I hope you see and understand the difference. One instance of violence was in St Louis. Two Union in-filtrators knocked down and kicked a black at-tendee, sending him, to the hospital. I later had the privilege of meeting him (true American) in Amarillo Texas, and buying a “DON’T TREAD ON ME” flag.

THE SPIRIT OF 76 + 1 IDEAS, ISSUES

AND SOLUTIONS:

AND A WINNING CAMPAIGN STRATEGY FOR

CONSERVATIVES!!!

These 76+1 ideas, issues and solutions are to provoke thought, provide insight as well as provide points for starting discussions that will eventually help you provide others with an understanding of how to create a secure foundation for liberty and justice.

I am sure there will be many, who will criticize this document and these ideas and issues. They will say, these ideas and issues are too controversial, let’s leave them in the past, and move on. Or they are too difficult and long term for the voters to un-derstand and use to help select good candidates, change elections and promote better government, or they undermine helping government meet the needs of the needy. I disagree, I believe that whether you agree or disagree that discussing them with others will promote insight and strengthen our understanding of our political and economic sys-tems. It will cause some to go back and question and research, why they believe what they believe, and in the long term we will all be better off.

My objective is to (1) help solidify and synergize our liberty and justice revival. (2) Help those who have withdrawn from politics because of corruption and confusion to understand this makes it worse. (3) Point out that you are already giving 100’s or 1,000 of dollars and hours of labor to corruption in government through taxes, why not give some to correct the problem. (4) Help honest people realize they are being neutralized by corrupt politicians and liberal left progressives (LIB) in the media by dis-couraging the discussing and correcting our left-ward drift problems and undermining the promot-ing of liberty and justice. (5) Help people under-stand the history of the problems of our pro free-dom (layered, bottom up, constitutional democratic republics) and our jury system of justice. See Item 50 for Tea Party comments.

Some say, and I believe that if we do not learn from history or the experiences of other we are doomed to repeat the mistakes and undermine pro-gress. I have spent a great deal of time studying history from the perspective of a bleeding heart liberal, a frustrated lover and defender of liberty and justice, and a politically active libertarian and/or conservative Republican. In about 60 years of reading, thinking and talking with 100’s if not 1,000’s of people, one on one; I believe, hope and pray I can record my experiences in ways that can be of help to others; others who are sincerely inter-ested in promoting and defending liberty and jus-tice.

Some say fear not buy gold. That is OK, but I say in a nation and a world consumed with cancer-ous collectivism, gold is a useful band-aid but we need a cure. The Czars of Russia had gold!!!

I wish to thank in advance, those of you who spend the time and exert the effort to read, think about, and discuss with others; as well as, pursue further studies of the issues and solutions I discuss here. I then hope you can use this information to promote and secure liberty and justice in our schools, cities, counties, States and the Federal gov-

ernment, plus provide an example for the rest of the world.

Since I started writing this, I have discussed it with many people, read and reread it dozens of times and made hundreds of changes hopefully to make it more insightful and understandable. I know what I want to say and if we were having a conver-sation, I would have a chance to both ask and an-swer questions but that is not an option. That is why when you read something and question it I hope you will take the time to do some research and not rely on the LIBS’ sound bites.

Why call them liberal left progressives and (LIB)? It is (1) to prevent them from hiding by jump-ing from one name to another, liberal, progressive, etc. (2) To demonstrate the technique of TOKENIZ-ING the liberal left progressives (LIBS) especially in the media, do so effectively and (3) to shorten up this essay. I hope it is not too confusing.

Politics to protect not revolution to recover liberty is preferable for a citizen-controlled system of constitutionally limited democratic republic. It helps maximize freedom and justice and keep poli-ticians as public servants. It is possible to abuse any occupation or job. It requires eternal vigilance by honest and productive citizens, to stop their vote buying using welfare and bloated government bu-reaucracies, and to prevent the abusing of this pow-er to promote organized crime, fascism, socialism or perhaps Marxist/Leninist Communism. Instead, re-vive and preserve our bottom up system of three layers of semi autonomous, constitutionally defined republics (county, State and Federal), each with three branches (legislative, judicial and administra-tive). We also have city governments, and in most States, independent local SCHOOL BOARD. State law and State Constitutions define how to create cities and school districts. School Districts were VERY LOCAL, autonomous, single purpose, single branch, and single layer governments!!!

The States originally exclusively determined who met the requirements to be a voter. We are currently more democratic then when the Constitu-tion was first approved. Then most States required you to own property and pay property taxes before you could vote and there were no Federal or State subsidized personal welfare or federally subsidized or controlled schools. Most were home schooled.

The purpose of this document is not to pro-mote a politically partisan agenda, but is to provide insight into our history, as well as, our political and economic systems. In addition, to promote the un-derstanding of how to minimize abuse of power, especially government power and maximize liberty and justice, not government dominated health care, for all they deem worth allowing to live!!!

It is 77 points of light, 4 hours of reading, and perhaps several hours of study and thought. I know going through all this material is not a casual task but I have spent 100’s perhaps 1000’s of times more effort in getting my background and prepar-ing this material. I have attempted to include enough ideas and facts on every page to justify your reading any page and I hope inspire your reading another. I hope you can use this infor-mation, to protect freedom by expanding your in-sight into history and issues, as well as use it as a tool to help you enlighten others!!!

LIBERTY AND JUSTICE FOR ALL IS a WORTHY POLITICAL OBJECTIVE FOR ALL, all races and all reli-gions, even agnostics and atheists who are willing to tolerate and defend the right of others to pub-licly discuss and practice their own beliefs, if they don’t liable or physically infringe on the rights of others .

I am aware that there are many things that many of us have accepted as true because our par-ents, our teachers or professors, our text books, the news media, and/or our unions have told us was true and these false “facts and assumptions” make

it difficult for us to give credibility to different facts and logic.

It is for this reason that I don’t ask you to accept what I have said as fact but have tried to provide enough information so you can reasonably verify what I have said. I hope you will accept the chal-lenge to, where we disagree, go back and double-check your facts, assumptions and logic.

A current example is any of Obama’s tele-prompter speeches. He treats every statement as fact and makes little or no effort to help you verify the “facts” in the speech or in supporting docu-ments made available later. How do they deter-mine how many jobs have been created or saved, or how many jobs are prevented, or destroyed, by di-verting profits from businesses especially small business. It is only if you listen to talk radio, watch Fox Cable or read libertarian or conservative publi-cation such as Human Events, Reason, The Weekly Standard, National Review, NewsMax, or The New American do you get the counter arguments usually along with verifiable information sources. I also recommend The Heritage Foundation and Imprimis from Hillsdale College. The mass media seldom questions Obama’s logic or assumed facts. Instead, they SOUND BITE IT and repeat it over and over as truth.

I hope that our disagreement on one or a few items does not create such a bias that you refuse to consider others. About 60 years ago, I started where many of you are today. It has been a long hard struggle of study, analysis, and searching for facts.

However, I am sure those whose objective it is to set up a one-world government, they can control and use to enslave those outside their cult or clique will oppose it. This includes International Com-munism, Jihadist Muslims and the International banking money manipulators, who refer to their (seldom publicly discussed) system as the New World Order. Some of the groups, they are influen-tial in and through are the following: Royal Institute of International affair, Council on Foreign Relation (CFR), Trilateral Commission, and the Bilderberg group. It often seems the INTERNATIONAL BANKING CLIQUE manipulates and exploits the others to fur-ther their agenda. Sometimes it seems these move-ments and groups work together as a team, to at-tack and undermine their opposition and cover their tracks. They also exploit Paganism, Occultism, and secret societies to promote their agenda. In a free and open-society, we cannot stop them. The solution is to structure our system of government so as to minimize their ability to use and abuse it.

There may be some good patriot in their ranks, however, you join by invitation only. Do you think they let very many into their semi secret meetings they have not vetted, and trust not to expose their agenda to the public for discussion?

However, Chester Ward who co-authored the “GRAVEDIGGERS” with Phyllis Schlafly was one, and Carroll Quigley who wrote the 1300 page “TRAGEDY and HOPE” was another. The CFR allowed Quigley to research and write his book but discouraged its republication, when those opposing their agenda started recommending and quoting from it.

Quigley explained the significance of the title as follows. The tragedy was there were people fighting and trying to stop their agenda. The hope was that they were so far advanced they could not be stopped!!! He thought they deserved credit for all they had accomplished and they no longer need-ed to hide in the shadows of history.

President Clinton said Dr. Quigley was one of his most admired professors, when he was a stu-dent.

If you are concerned about the economy, healthcare, national security, global warming, ener-gy independence or manipulation and design of “facts” by the “mass loser media” this is for you. It




is for you whether you consider yourself Democrat, Republican, Constitutionalist, Libertarian, etc. This is for you even if you are a humanitarian liberal and not an authoritarian liberal. It is for everyone who is for maximizing liberty and justice and mini-mizing the risk of tyranny!!!

I believe that 90 to 95% of people are sincere in believing what they believe. This includes their “facts”, their logic, and their conclusions. As a for-mer hemophilic (bleeding heart) liberal, and now a historic liberty and justice liberal I have experienced the difficult transition. Something has to trigger willingness in us to go back and review why we be-lieve what we believe. Mine was Castro!!!

I supported him emotionally and vocally as the liberator of the Cuban people, and was disillusioned and distraught, when after getting in power he bragged about being a Communist all along, and how he had successfully deceived the American people. I was one! I had read everything I could find in the mass media about him and still I was de-ceived. After a great deal of study and reevaluation I concluded, it was not Castro that had deceived me it was the MASS MEDIA!!! They could and should have known that Castro fled to the United States to avoid trial for murdering a fellow student he per-haps thought was a Batista informant that had infil-trated his pro Communist cell at Havana University. Or, that he had been involved in a failed Communist revolution in Columbia in which Castro had been the one who announced the takeover and curfew over the radio. It took 3 ambassadors to Cuba, to get one willing, to cover for Castro’s Communist associations.

Why did the media deceive me? Did they have an agenda they were promoting of which I was una-ware? After much study and thought, I concluded they did. This is the result of that study and thought. I hope and pray you find it useful.

It is interesting that many pro freedom and jus-tice activists came out of the LIBS’ camp and saw it from the inside. Michael Medved and David Horo-witz are two. Both of David’s parents were active Communists and he grew up under that environ-ment. His study and retreat from the left started after he got a woman acquaintance a job with the Black Panthers. Somebody murdered her in a way that made them highly suspect. He has been and is a very insightful and articulate voice for liberty and justice and an opponent of LIB tyranny.

There is much more information available on each item. However, my objective is not to write or review dozens of books, but to provide enough facts and logic, to challenge those who disagree or agree, to do the research necessary to prove my points. Prove them BY TRYING TO DISPROVE THEM, with facts not sound bites. Or, give those who agree, the tools to provoke those undecided to study and think. I not only show the bias in the “mass loser media”, constitutional weaknesses, as well as, political and economic traps, but I also sug-gest possible corrections.

Most political campaign pick four or five issues that polls indicate are a winning combination, and hiding most of their agenda. My objective is to pro-vide a large enough foundation that those who sin-cerely want to promote liberty and justice can cir-cumvent the LIBS mass media, and win converts and corner illusive opportunistic politicians. I hope when you finish you never look at politicians or poli-tics the same and you see possible solution!!! In a free society, politics and freedom go together like love and marriage.

Perhaps I am optimistic but I believe that if you read this carefully, you will have a better un-derstanding of the issue necessary to defend liber-ty and justice then 9 out of 10 people. If you get 10 other people to read this and discuss it with you,

you will have done more to defend liberty and jus-tice then 95 out of 100 citizens. INSTEAD OF BEING FRUSTRATED AND FEARFUL PLEASE READ THIS AND THEN DO SOMETHING!!! If we had gotten 1 out of 5 people who could vote and didn’t, to vote to maximize liberty and justice, politics today would be different or if we had been able to get 1 out of 15 to change sides the outcome would be different. The difficulty would be even less if we started by selecting good candidate in the primary elections if possible in both political parties, but at first con-centrate on the easier task of moving the Republi-can party toward a balanced budget and a more libertarian pro constitutional position.

If we get a majority in the House of Representa-tives, we can stop the irrational spending. This is what happened when the Republicans took control of the house in 1995. If we make a special effort, we might be able to get enough good candidates elected in both parties in both the House and the Senate to be able to over ride vetoes. Then not on-ly stop the current lurch to the left but reverse the drift to the fascist type progressive left agenda of the last 100 years, We could start constructively moving us back toward liberty and justice and be-ing a good example for the rest of the world!!!.

The LIBS’ have a technique they have used for about a century. They call it, “two steps forward one step back”. They push ahead recruiting, organ-izing and activating their support until their opposi-tion starts to effectively organize and push back. They then gradually pull back until the opposition lets up then they start over. This time we must keep pushing. Let us destroy the tools of tyranny, and rebuild and improve the fortress for liberty and justice before we let up. Let us once again become the “SHINING CITY ON A HILL” that the rest of the world can admire and emulate.

If we keep working hard real success will come in 2012 and 2014 by gaining control of the presiden-cy, 2/3’s if the Senate and the State governments. By then enough people will understand where we started, where we’ve been and where we need to go.

I have spent 1000’s of hours and read 100’s of books, old as well as new. I found the complete works of Washington printed in 1827 in a used bookstore, $45 in 1967. I bought the complete works of Jefferson for $19, the 1860 edition of the “HISTORY OF SLAVERY” for $50 and the 1907 edi-tion of Encyclopedia Britannica, which referenced the conspiracy to assassinate Lincoln for $25. I also found the 1927, BOOK OF THE MONTH CLUB EDI-TION of George Bernard Shaw’s, very pro socialist book, “THE INTELLIGENT WOMAN’S GUIDE TO SO-CIALISM AND CAPITALISM”.

I have read autobiographies and biographies, as well as books on history, economics, social studies, philosophy, government, Marxism, Socialism, the US Constitution, the Federalist and Anti Federalist papers, court cases, current events and issues, lis-tened to hundreds of speakers, etc. I have been actively seeking the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth. If you think, you have found an error in fact or logic please let me know. I will be glad to buy coffee or lunch to have the privilege of discussing it with you.

I have tried to present these as nuggets of in-sight and road signs for those who wish to under-stand the history of, and pursue freedom and jus-tice. This is somewhat like a book of poems in which each is standalone, though as a group the poems may help you get insight into poetry or the poet.

This publication is the result of much thought,

study and prayer. I hope it helps stop what I view as

EGO-LECTUAL programmed political responses

and instead encourages voters to have a studied and

logical response to candidates and issues. I hope

everybody; especially Christians and Christian

leaders read this material and find it an insightful

and useful tool. I believe that sometimes things

meant for evil, God can help us use for good. Per-

haps what I view as the lurch to the left since the

2008 election is such an example. Perhaps Obama

will be the 21st century‟s King George the third.

The following is a numerically ordered list of

issues and solutions. You can read in sequence, or

pick the ITEMS that interest you the most or those

where you have the most background. I have tried

to make each of them stand alone, plausible, and

understandable. This results in some duplication of

ideas and facts.

Much of the thinking and facts I have here are

from others and some from so far in the past I could

not recall who they were and give credit. If I am

successful with this, it will become a part of how

you analyze, think about and discuss politics, power,

freedom, justice, economics, money and banking.

However, even If you disagree with some or all of

this I hope you will keep it and should something

happens in the future to start you to rethinking

your philosophy of life you will reread it. In addi-

tion, I hope you will make the effort to show friends

the parts you disagree with and discuss it with them.

Your honestly discussing and thinking about these

issues will promote a better and safer political and

economic environment.

I am not a writer but I strive to be a good student

and a thinker. I hope and pray I have written this so

that the top two thirds of high school graduates can

understand or figure out most of what I‟m trying to

explain.

The best inheritance we can leave to our chil-dren is a free and just society with a solid founda-tion and an understanding of what it is and how to protect it. It is also the best inheritance we can leave to our grand children and great grand chil-dren.

I have included nothing intended to deceive or offend you. I have included material I deemed nec-essary to give historical perspective to our prob-lems, and material that I hope will help some un-derstand, secure and perhaps improve our system of liberty and justice. I have included information to expose those I view are promoting things I be-lieve will ultimately result in tyranny, torture and often death for us, our children and our grand chil-dren. I have left things out for lack of time and space but not because I thought, someone might disagree or be offended, when I thought it neces-sary to explain a problem. I hope and pray you will read and study this material critically and careful-ly, but from this perspective.

I don’t wish to portray myself as an expert in any of these areas, but as a student and a thinker in most. I hope to convince 1000’s perhaps 10,000’s to become students and thinkers in many of these areas and some to become experts.

This is not a completed blueprint for a fortress for LIBERTY AND JUSTICE. Neither is it just a corner stone for the foundation. I hope I have been able to help provide enough inspiration and insight to moti-vate many of you to rebuild the knowledge based fortress around our pro LIBERTY AND JUSTICE politi-cal and economic systems. In addition, help you see through and correct almost 400-years of revised history and propaganda the LIBS have designed and use so effectively.

(1) CHRISTIANS AS 2ND CLASS CITIZENS:

(2) SMALL BUSINESSES’; ENTREPRENEURS’ AND THEIR GOVERNMENT HANDICAPS:

(3) HEALTH CARE GOOD, BAD AND POLITICAL

(4) GUNS, THE CONSTITUTION AND FREEDOM:

(5) THE CONSTITUTION AND THE BILL OF RIGHTS:

(6) FREEDOM TO EDUCATE CHILDREN BETTER:

(7) EFFECTIVE EDUCATIONAL TESTING AND FREEDOM

(8) THE ANTI MARRIAGE HISTORY:

(9) ACLU PRIVACY FOR CRIMINALS AND TERRORISTS:

(10) HOW TRADE UNIONS AND THE DEMOCRAT PARTY WORK TOGETHER SYNERGISTICALLY:

(11) CENSORSHIP OF INFORMATION AND IDEAS:




(12) BUYING VOTES WITH TAXES:

(13) PRESIDENT OBAMA, GOOD INTENTIONS BY MANY VOTERS, BAD AGENDA BY HIS HANDLERS:

(14) MONEY; WHAT IS IT? WHY does IT WORK?

(15) FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS A COSTLY COUNTERFEIT CREDIT AND BOOK ENTRY MONEY PROBLEM!!!

(16) TAXES AND TARIFFS, WHICH IS BEST, AND WHEN?

(17) E-MAILS LEAKED TO INTERNET EXPOSE GLOBAL WARMING HOAX!!!

(18) MONEY CRISES; WHO is PROFITING?

(19) WHY NOT HAVE ENERGY INDEPENDENCE?

(20) THE GODS OF CLASSLESS SOCIALISM:

(21) CONSPIRACIES; HOW CAN THEY HIDE?

(22) BORDER FENCE AND ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS:

(23) COLLEGE EDUCATION OR POLITICAL INDOCTRINA-TION?

(24) HIGH COST OF GOVERNMENT BARGAINS:

(25) KILLER BRIDGES, WHERE DID THEY GO?

(26) INHERITANCE TAXES HURT OUR ECONOMY AND UNDERMINE OUR FREEDOM!

(27) BUSH LIED PEOPLE DIED CLAIM THE LIBS:

(28) DID BUSH ARRANGE TO PLANT THERMITE IN THE TWIN TOWERS AND BUILDING 7 as some LIBS claim and some others believe?

(29) THE OKLAHOMA CITY BOMBING COVER-UP:

(30) TERRI SCHIAVO’S EXECUTION:

(31) MCCARTHYISM WHAT IS IT?

(32) CIA, VALERIE PLAME, JOE WILSON AND HER HUS-BAND’S CHARGES EXPOSED!

(33) THE REAL VIETNAM WAR:

(34) VERIFIABLE, ENFORCEABLE HONEST ELECTIONS:

(35) U.S. SENATE AND STATE SOVEREIGNTY:

(36) VOTERS AND ELECTORAL REDISTRICTING:

(37) OUR REPUBLICS AND FEDERAL APPELLATE COURTS

(38) U.S. SUPREME COURT SHOULD BE BETTER:

(39) TERM LIMITS; GOOD and BAD as well as DANGER-OUS LAME DUCK RUNAWAY CONGRESSES.

(40) REPUBLIC OR DEMOCRACY:

(41) COMPETITIVE REPUBLICANISM, THE BEST OF BOTH WORLDS:

(42) POLITICS OF BOOGIEMAN SCIENCE:

(43) RACISM, WHO PROMOTES IT AND WHY?

(44) RETRIBUTION or POLITICS OF DISCONTENT?

(45) WHO BURNED MT. CARMEL AT WACO?

(46) LESS COSTLY MORE EFFECTIVE PRISONS:

(47) EMINENT DOMAIN NEEDS IMPROVEMENTS:

(48) ECONOMICS SIMPLIFIED, seen and unseen:

(49) POLITICS OF BLACKMAIL, BRIBERY, THREATS AND HYPOCRISY:

(50) POLITICAL PARTIES; WHY 2 or more?

(51) IS DIVERSITY OUR STRENGTH?

(52) UNITED NATIONS; A PEACE OR POWER agenda?

(53) PROFITS, CAPITALISM &PROSPERITY:

(54) PROPAGANDA, WHAT IS IT?

(55) THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX QUAGMIRE:

(56) A SAFER CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT PROCESS:

(57) CONFESSIONS OF AN EX-HEMOPHILIC (bleeding heart) LIBERAL:

(58) DEFICITS and DEBT; CLINTON and OBAMA:

(59) GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS: WHERE DID THEY COME FROM?

(60) THE SUCCESSES OF SOCIAL SECURITY AND MEDI-CARE; ARE THEY REAL?

(61) WHAT ARE THE REAL EFFECTS OF MINIMUM WAGES AND UNEMPLOYMENT LAWS???

(62) FAIR TRADE or FREE TRADE, the DIFFERENCES!

(63) CAN WE HELP THE CITIZENS OF MEXICO, UNDER-STAND THE TOOLS AND IMPORTANCE OF LIBERTY AND JUSTICE IN PRIVATE AND NATIONAL PROSPERI-TY?

(64) WHAT IS A JOB, AND ARE ALL JOBS EQUAL?

(65) THE TRUTH BEHIND ALTERNATIVE HEALTH CARE:

(66) ANECDOTAL SCIENCE VS DOUBLE BLIND ERRORS:

(67) GOD GIVEN INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS VS GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED COLLECTIVE PRIVILEGES!!!

(68) THE RISE OF SECULAR HUMANISM AND DEISM:

(69) BIBLE STUDY AS HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY, PSYCHOLO-GY, HUMAN RELATIONS, MIRACLES, PROPHESY, ETC; and its’ ENEMIES.

(70) THECHRISTIAN ACTIVISTS VS COMMUNIST, SECULAR HUMANIST, AND HOMOSEXUAL ACTIVISTS:

(71) NEW WORLD ORDER, WHAT IS IT?

(72) THE CHINESE COMMUNISTS AGENDA:

(73) NATION BUILDING IN AFGHANISTAN, IRAQ, PAKI-STAN, AND IRAN FROM A JIHADIST AND ARAB DIC-TATORSHIP PERSPECTIVE:

(74) SHOULD WE TERRORIZE THE TERRORISTS?

(75) HOW TO MAKE FRIENDS WHILE DISCUSSING POLI-TICS:

(76) PRESCIENT POLITICS AND JURY POWER!!!

(77) WHAT CAN WE DO?

Appendix A: BOOK LIST

Appendix B: INSIGHTFUL QUOTES

Appendix C: Conservative Campaign Strategy

Following are 77 issues, ideas and solutions with facts that I believe can serve as beacons and a foundation for freedom and justice. I believe they de-serve your serious consideration and thought:

(1) CHRISTIANS AS 2ND CLASS CITIZEN: The Constitution and the 1st amendment were definitely designed to avoid what the world, and especially for the colonies, England had been doing for centuries. Kings had been forming a collation with a religious bureaucracy, and using it to enforce his and their control of the religious views and loyalty, both for the king’s and the “church bureaucracy’s” subjects, and undermining freedom of conscience for the individual!!!

The phrase “SEPARATION OF CHURCH AND STATE” Which the Secular Humanists and the (LIBS) are so fond of chanting, and they first attempted to use in the late 1800’s is not in the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. It was in a Response that Jeffer-son, while president, sent to the Danbury Baptist Association. For those who understand electricity he described it like a diode relationship. My inter-pretation is neither the federal government nor other church denominations could use the federal government to control the relationship between pastors’ and their congregations. Pastors were free to explain their Biblical views and the political over-tones to their congregation. Congregations were free to speak and/or vote consistent with their be-liefs and moral values.

“American Vision” has reprinted the, 140 years old, 1060 page book of source documents for Amer-ica’s founding as a Christian nation, by Benjamin Franklin Morris. Many believe it is a good counter to the ACLU’S argument that the United States was founded as a secular nation.

The seeds for turning Christians into 2nd class citizens were sown during WW II. They lowered the point at which income taxes started so that al-most everybody had to pay them. This put a heavy burden on depression starved Christians, who tithed and were having to pay taxes on their tithe. The LIBS had established the TAX FREE FOUNDA-TION in 1909 in anticipation of the income tax amendment of 1913 and estate taxes. The justifica-tion for these Foundations was they would do social good. For the most part these early Foundations promoted the liberal left progressives (LIBS), New World Order agenda, which they viewed as social good. With the new system, they did not tax church income or tithes when they had tax-free sta-tus.

They based this on the hypotheses that churches did social good not separation of church and state. I was 10 years old at the time and the only kid standing on the steps of a country church during WW II, listening to several of the church

member farmers discussing and defending this so-cial good hypothesis and their applying for tax de-ductible status. Looking back this was the weapon used by President Johnson, to turn Christians into 2nd class citizens. It potentially prevents churches from using some of the Old Testament in church services without risking IRS harassment. Calling some behavior a sin could offend certain minority groups. Will opposing homosexual marriage and abortions be next???

For decades, many black churches had been, and still do take aggressive liberal left progressive (LIB) political positions (examples Adam Clayton Powell, Elijah Mohammad, Malcolm X & Rev. Wright). However, when a few churches with radio programs, started taking an active position against the LIBS agenda, Senator Johnson got the law changed to prevent tax-free organizations from tak-ing political stands. Since it is government bureau-cracy policed, those they agree with get a pass. He later as president ordered the IRS to investigate, and then remove some activists’ tax deductible sta-tus. They not only removed their tax deductible status, but also ordered them to pay income taxes on previous years donations. This bankrupted some churches and created a major warning to certain others. Christian Crusade headquartered in Tulsa was one.

The LIBS have been actively working to expand the homosexual and abortion agenda into the churches as political issues and suppress public dis-cussion by their opposition with intimidation. Could tax free status for social good, be the weapon used to ban the teaching of parts of the Bible in churches and Bible Collages.

Many LIBS go to Christian Churches and some become pastors, not because they believe in a Crea-tor, but to use them to create; social, economic and political tools to advance their own personal and collective agendas. It was this group that designed and promoted the World Council of Churches. An-other example is Harry F. Ward, with ties to the British Fabian Socialist movement. He became in-fluential in the Union Theological Seminar and the Federal Council of Churches in the early1900’s and used them to graft secular humanism, social good, and pro-government internationalism into many Churches. The Federal Council of Churches later became the National Council of Churches.

Several of Eisenhower’s top appointments came out of this group including John Foster Dulles, Sec-retary of State, and Allen Dulles, CIA. They were a part of the Wilson/House progressives that went to Versailles in 1919 to promote the League of Na-tions, and in 1921 helped form the Council on For-eign Relations (CFR). In fact Stalin, who himself had gone to seminary issued instructions to encourage young Communists to go to seminaries so they could have an active influence in churches through-out the world. In many of these situations, it’s hard to tell who are the movers and shakers and who are the dupes, and what the agenda of each person is, but lack of awareness clouds insight.

(2) SMALL BUSINESSES, ENTREPRENEURS, AND THEIR GOVERNMENT HANDICAPS: Small business-es create 2/3rds or more of all new jobs in the U.S., in spite of government, and definitely without the help of government. An effective job is not created until a worker has been associated with the tools and a distribution superstructure that can get what is produced to a consumer who wants the product for the price it can be made and sold.

Why do we undermine them? For the most part they are the ones who take non work ethnic kids, now (Feb. 2010) 52% of young blacks, unem-ployed at zero wages, and unqualified to earn mini-mum wages, and try to turn them into productive members of society. Prior to minimum wage laws businesses employed over 90% of teenagers, more blacks than whites. There is little help from any




el of government but especially not the Federal Government. Is this by accident, bureaucratic and political stupidity, or perhaps by LIBS design??? Perhaps it is some of all of the above. It would be interesting to see many of these politicians and bu-reaucrats, who when caught, and claim a mistake or oversight, explain while connected to a lie detec-tor.

If you examine tax laws, government regula-tions and bureaucratic behavior, you soon begin to realize that whether by design or accident or both, small businesses and entrepreneurs are under siege from the IRS, OSHA, EPA, SBA, labor unions, etc.

Examples are (1) unionizing, taking months, us-ing “recruiters”, perhaps at prospects’ homes, to gets them to sign a card (card check) “which pro-tects their family and home from harassment,” the signature is then treated as support for the union. The company and the remaining workers have 7 days to present their side before the vote. Moreo-ver, government can force settlements after 90 days. The worker and the company do not get a secret ballot plus 30 days to discuss it, after the un-ion presents a proper petition. I have personally had experience with union procedures and recruit-ing practices. The Kohler strike by Petro Sylvester is insightful. (2) Undermining our U.S. produced sup-ply of fresh fruits and vegetables and undermining 1000’s and bankrupting 100’s of California family farms by dumping their “for decades” irrigation water into the ocean to “protect threatened min-nows”. Was it to help Mexican fruit and vegetable growers in spite of increased health and economic risks, plus tax losses??? (3) The corporate income taxes charged to small businesses making between $100,000 and $333,333 are about 10% greater than taxes paid by large corporations making $10,000,000,000 (30,000 times more) and “lawyers”. Lawyers have a special tax rate and very few sue them for malpractice!!!

I am sure some people, who are politically con-nected, get low interest SBA loans that benefit them. However, many of the people I have known who got SBA loans said it was a bad business deci-sions because of the bureaucratic interference. For some, “trying to get a loan” was a costly waste of money and time. Many, if they did not go bankrupt, got a conventional loan as soon as possible. It stopped the bureaucratic interfering with their busi-ness operations.

The Small Business Administration (SBA) is a farce. Let’s stop the high cost to taxpayers of subsi-dizing the politically connected LIBS.

(3) HEATH CARE, GOOD BAD AND POLITICAL: I find no comfort; when politicians, the FDA, the AMA, pharmaceutical companies and the ACLU ig-nore incidents, in which the State or the FDA send armed agents into a doctor’s office. In one, in-stance 24 agents, to break down the doctor’s office door, and terrorize the staff, by holding them at gunpoint. They then rummage through patient’s files removing documents and leaving others scat-tered randomly about the office. In several instanc-es, they suspected them of using supplements that experience showed assisted in cancer control, pro-long life, improving wellbeing and/or reducing pain with minimal side effects. In one case for suppos-edly providing B vitamins that did not contain pre-servatives. Treatments were done with patients’ knowledge. Why and how were the FDA and the AMA so willing and able to undermine the desires and wellbeing of the patients? The FDA had no interest in determining if the procedures, harmed or benefited the patients. They did not convict most doctors of wrongdoing, and the ones they did convict were based on violating FDA Policy, not for harming patients!

The average cost and delay of getting new drugs FDA approved is $750,000,000 (3/4 of a bil-lion) and 7 years. Still they often fail to reveal seri-ous, sometimes fatal side effects. Years later, they recall the drugs.

What doctor would be able to afford that amount, and how many terminally ill patients are willing to wait 7 years? If smokers have a right to smoke, homosexuals the right to risk AIDS, should not patients, if informed, be able to decide their treatment? How long will it take the politicians and the bureaucrats to develop a cheaper, faster more effective approval system, instead of using these anti-competition costs to help justify socializing healthcare? In addition, if we had a reasonable tar-iff on imported goods that would allow reasonable control of counterfeit products, then drugs sold overseas could be re-imported and compete with their domestic sales. This would force them to in-crease the costs to socialist governments. Let so-cialists pay part of the cost of research and develop-ment. We should not have to pay 150 to 200% more for drugs so the socialist can get free R&. Po-litically forced, “equal health care”, slows progress, and undermines our getting better future care.

The argument by Marx and his followers since 1848 has been that technology is about as ad-vanced as it is going to get. The problem now is redistribution of wealth and Communism is better at that. Karl Marx’s sales pitch was; ”TO EACH AC-CORDING TO HIS NEEDS, AND FROM EACH ACCORD-ING TO HIS ABILITY”. Most of us would be unhappy with the living standards and health care of 1848, 1910, 1950 or 1975 etc. Authoritarian socialism minimizes progress. Free enterprise economics tends to maximize it. Let us strive for progress and freedom not struggle under stagnation and tyranny.

I recognize that Communist governments were able to get Olympic (volunteer) teams that could compete with real volunteer teams from the free world. They did this by paying and treating them as if they were a professional team, while having the pick of their entire nation. However the Soviet Un-ion basketball team at best, was far below the doz-ens of professional basketball teams in the United States, true free enterprise. Marxism and socialism maximizes those with wants and needs, and mini-mizes the encouragement and rewards for maximiz-ing the abilities of those with ability. Freedom and free enterprise are the best at progress, while get-ting the best from those with ability and satisfying the needs of those with needs!!! This includes health care.

RESTORE SEPARATION OF HEALTH AND STATE!!!

Hitler had death camps, but also used Bis-marck’s nationalized (1880s) health care, to further his super race agenda and the economy. Disabled children and those with over sized ears were treat-ed special and doctored until they died.

Today we are concerned that a small percent-age of the people are not insured but must depend on some form of government welfare for health care or if you have worked and saved you may have to reduce your life style due to an unprepared for health crises. Prior to WW II over 80% of Americans were uninsured; they paid their own health care bills. During WW II, wages were frozen, but the FDR government allowed companies to offer health in-surance to attract employees. This fringe benefit was deductible from company taxes but the work-ers did not have to pay taxes on this fringe benefit.

After WW II Unions and company tax breaks made health insurance popular, but the overhead, profits, fraud, hypochondriacs, frivolous lawsuits and bad laws increased healthcare costs at least 40 to 60% and bureaucratic inertia reduced incentive for scientific progress and operational efficiency. Government bureaucracies reduce scientific pro-gress much more, plus reduce the quality and promptness of healthcare, as well as increase over-

head costs through bureaucratic corruption and inefficiency up to 150%.

Long (to die on) waiting lists and lives unfit to save groups, become a part of nationalized health care, waiting lines and lists replace cost, profits and quality of care as controllers!!! Is it possible one’s politics could affect longevity? Perhaps it’s nation-alized life control not healthcare??? In Canada and England, waiting lists result in about 20% more deaths for some cancer types. Delayed treatment for many and early death does reduce healthcare costs.

Health care insurance is not designed, to reduce health care costs. You pay insurance companies the cost of health care, bookkeeping, a profit, labor overhead costs, lawyers and auditors to control fraud, and hypochondriacs, and sales representa-tives. You buy psychological comforting in case of health crises, and hypochondriacs buy a subsidized ride. However, that comforting actually costs socie-ty about 50% more than user pay health care, which tax laws punish. People also pay taxes on money spent for health maintenance using nutritional sup-plements. It will not encourage the user to seek the most cost effective treatment but to accept, that which is on the insurance company’s or Medicare’s pay list. This tends to reduce the incentive for doc-tors to use better more cost effective solutions until after the FDA and insurance company bureaucracies approve them and patients seek them.

Some claim, nationalized healthcare, especially in Sweden is cheaper and better. Where is the da-ta? In this country, we make every effort to save premature babies, if they live several hours they count in our average length of life data. In Sweden, they count after they are one year old. What are the comparative costs in auto accidents (miles driv-en), illegal aliens, drug use, litigious health care, military injuries, recreation, diabetes and nutrition? How much is saved by putting people on (to die on) waiting lists and in (too costly and too old to justify saving) groups. Progress comes from those who strive to help and rewarding those who succeed not from those who stand by and watch them die. Let us see the research data not just repeat the sound bites.

Nationalized health care verses good health is the right problem. They penalize people who spend money to maintain good health. They must pay part of the health restoration costs of those who do not. This results from the higher taxes or higher insurance premiums.

Why should companies be allowed to deduct insurance premiums and people who benefit from the insurance not pay income taxes on the amount of the premiums, but people who buy their own insurance not be allowed to deduct the cost from their income taxes? People who are self-insured, (pay their own doctor bills) can only deduct them if they exceed a certain percentage of their income.

Why should the excessive health care costs of, alcoholics, drug users, the sexually promiscuous, politicians, government bureaucrats, chronic wel-fare recipients and illegal aliens, be charged to those who spend money, effort and time to main-tain good health? Let people have the option of buying low cost $5,000 deductible health crises in-surance and apply the savings to health mainte-nance costs and savings! Government gets what it rewards, it rewards unions, some 3rd party pay, so-cialized health care but penalizes private pay, & health maintenance and has done so for over 60 years. Is it an oversight or a liberal left government plan for moving our society left?

While health care costs have been rising in the areas where 3rd party pay is involved, in areas such as plastic surgery where private pay is involved technology has been advancing and costs have been dropping rapidly. It is amazing what competition and free markets can do without government




help!!! If the proposed GOVERNMENT managed, health care PLAN is so good for us, shouldn’t it re-place the federal elected officials’ and federal em-ployees’ taxpayer subsidized private plans??? Far too often the problems the government pretends to be solving were created by past government so-lutions!!! The real solutions start by recognizing the real cause of the problems!

The truth is insurance was not meant to re-duce the cost of health care and never will. Those who self-insure do more to reduce the cost of health care and improve the quality then Insurance companies and especially socialized health care. Insurance is paying someone to take the cata-strophic risks in health care. In a free society, peo-ple should have that right, but let us recognize it for what it is. Forced health control is definitely not pro freedom and justice!!!

The original Obama healthcare Bill was de-signed to control what insurance companies have to cover and how much they can charge. It was also designed to encourage companies with health care insurance to switch over to the government program. That bill contained, all the tools the LIBS needed to bankrupt insurance companies and force us into a single payer (government) con-trolled healthcare system. To get it passed they left out some of the worst not because they didn’t want it but because they couldn’t get it this time. They referred to this law as a starter home. I look at it like a knife in the back. It will increase gov-ernments, ability to undermine health care, but it will do nothing to improve healthcare or reduce costs.

If conservatives can get control of both houses, every bill should have a rider revoking the healthcare bill. Let Obama veto them and shut the government down, if he chooses to keep his gov-ernment-dominated healthcare.

I believe many government programs are THIRD PARTY THIEVERY. You are using government force to do something to others and for us that most of us would recognize as wrong if we did it ourselves. I believe, because of this deception, that govern-ment third party thievery, is more Satanic then indi-vidual theft.

(4) GUNS, THE CONSTITUTION AND FREEDOM: Anyone who understands how agents of the king attempted to disarm both individuals and the colo-nial town and county militias will understand why Patrick Henry prevented Madison from being a US Senator from Virginia and refused to support him for Congress until he agreed to introduce a Bill of Rights including the 2nd amendment. It was to pro-tect the states and individuals from, out of control Federal or State Governments. They meant it, to protect the individual’s right to personal and home defense, and his right to associate with his neigh-bors to form and train as a local militia. These peo-ple were the local sheriff’s posse.

Professor John Lot and a graduate student did a, by county statistical study, which included all 3000+ counties in the United States. It confirmed conclusively that more guns in the hands of law abiding citizens, means less crime!!! In addition, legal concealed carry reduced crime even more, the more guns the better and safer we are!!! Liber-al professor Donald B. Kates, over saw a study showing that a rapist who attempted to rape an armed victim was several times more apt to be killed, wounded and captured, or held at gun point for the police then she was of being raped. Another study showed that when armed citizens get into a shootout with criminals the kill rate was about 3 to 1, very similar to police shootouts. In the study, armed citizens killed three times as many criminals as the police. Why is this? Many more citizens are at risk of being the victim of an armed criminal!!!

Self-defense saves innocent lives reduces crime and lowers court and prison costs. Dead criminals cost taxpayers far less than dead victims, often mil-lions less!!! Moreover, a dead criminal usually stops many future crimes and is a disincentive for other potential criminals. I estimate the LIB media bias against guns is at least 25 to 1 and probably far higher.

The mass media often publicizes it nationwide when guns are used for murder but seldom when used for home and self-defense even when, or es-pecially when, the criminals are killed and lives are saved.

A better concealed-carry permit: Let felony and mental health searches be made. Let concealed car-ry issuance be associated with and indicated on the driver’s license by paying a small search and test fee, and taking a simple written test, no association with a specific weapon, permanent unless revoked for cause by a constitutional jury if requested.

I am strongly in favor of someone in the person-al weapons industry developing and manufacturing an inexpensive and safer concealable, home de-fense handgun. I am in favor of this not because I want to discourage the present technology but to encourage more women and more homes to feel secure in arming themselves and thus reducing crime by increasing the occupational risks of crimi-nals. Historically the LIBS often use runaway crime to promote disarming the public and expanding the police state agenda. The Marxist/Leninist has fre-quently used large numbers of opposition assassi-nations to advance their takeovers. The greater the public is armed the less the risk of both situations.

I think that handguns with the same feel and features in 22 magnum and .380 calibers, and per-haps pellets would be a good start. This would make it inexpensive to learn and if equipped with laser sighting, an integrated flashlight and an ad-vanced gun safety system using current technology would be a good start for effectively training and arming many more people and homes. You can produce an integrated circuit for a few dollars, once designed and in manufacturing.

Some will argue that a 22-magnum handgun is not very effective for home defense. However, I believe, that if criminals were told to get in one of two lines, one for water boarding and the other, shot, with a 22 handgun with a laser sight. I think the water boarding line would be much longer. What do you think? Also in a dark room when the laser beam hits him or her, I doubt the criminal will debate or ask if it is a 22. However, if it is an acci-dental shooting, 22’s are preferable to 45’s. I also believe a 22 Magnum would be better for self-defense for most women, them a butcher knife or a broom. It would probably create an identifiable wound and perhaps get a blood sample, to use for positive identification at the trial.

(5) THE CONSTITUTION AND THE BILL OF RIGHTS: The arguments for the U.S. Constitution as written are in the Federalist papers written by Jay, Madison, and Hamilton and the arguments against the Constitution as written and for a Bill of Rights are included in the Anti-Federalist Paper. The Bill of Rights includes the first 10 amendments, which his-tory has shown to be a very important addition. The language in the Constitution and the Bill of Rights is very straightforward, not difficult to under-stand but if you want and explanation by those in-volved, read the Federalist and Anti-Federalist Pa-pers. Signet Classic has a paperback copy of the Anti-Federalist Papers and the Constitutional Con-vention Debates, edited and with an introduction by Ralph Ketcham. In addition, good books for insight are “MEN IN BLACK” and “LIBERTY AND TYRANN” by Mark Levin and on the internet go to Constitution townhall.com sponsored by Hillsdale College.

(6) FREEDOM TO EDUCATE CHILDRE BET-TER: We have allowed the integration of secular humanist and in many instances Marxist, anti-

Christian ideas into our schools and colleges. To-day, the evolutionary hypothesis of accidental mu-tation and survival of the fittest bypasses the testa-ble prediction requirement of a scientific theory, and also, the requirement to be a long standing suc-cessful theory before becoming a law. Our govern-ment educational system, and the liberal “mass los-er media” treat evolution as a fact.

The evolution hypothesis did predict some-thing that is still missing after 150 years. It predict-ed millions of examples, of 100,000’s of missing, missing link They conceal this problem with a cou-ple of ad hoc hypothesis. (1) The quantum leap hy-pothesis which reduces the 100,000’s of missing (missing links) to 10’s of thousands and (2) They claim there is no logical reason to consider, discuss or evaluate the intelligent design hypothesis, since most of its supporters believe in the Bible.

To the secular humanists, this eliminates any reason to discuss or defend their missing “missing links” and other problems such as not observing the accidental development of or creating in the lab of a new living self-reproducing organism of the sim-plest type!!! Did this happen only once in the past or has it happened many times? Why are they afraid to discuss or debate it?

They become paranoid when anyone suggests that most of the real facts supporting evolution are also consistent with the intelligent design hypothe-sis. Many geological, anthropological, and biologi-cal facts are more logically consistent with the intel-ligent design hypothesis, than with Darwin’s acci-dental mutation, natural selection evolutionary hy-pothesis.

Is it possible that the hyper-educated secular humanists are afraid to debate evolution vs. intelli-gent design for good reason??? They don’t want the holes in their arguments exposed.

It is politics not science, which causes the liber-al left to react in such a paranoid, unscientific way. Science didn’t promote the EVOLUTIONARY hy-pothesis, to “proven fact.” It was Karl Marx and his secular humanist disciples. Darwin published “ORIGIN OF THE SPECIES” in 1859, just before Marx finished his book on CAPITALISM. Marx discussed dedicating his book to Darwin. Marx thought “ORIGIN OF THE SPECIES” provided a great deal of support, for his anti-Christian, “Scientific Socialist” hypothesis.

I believe that any religion or ideology that requires government coercion to enforce its dogma and protect it from ideological competition is ex-tremely defective, but moral standards consistent with religious teachings may be good and should not be categorically rejected or undermined by gov-ernment!!!

(7) EFFECTIVE EDUCATIONAL TESTING AND FREEDOM: Computers and the internet have pro-vided us with the tools to set up privately designed tutoring, government testing programs that any-body can take and/or review. If the Federal or State governments want to use taxpayer money to en-courage the acquisition of knowledge, they can pay parents or local government schools for what each child has learned instead of where they were ware-housed. Using computers, you do not need stand-ardized tests. Every question can be standardized and credit awarded according to its importance and difficulty. The master testing database, for the tests, could contain up to 200,000 questions and answers, with many in each category. The comput-er would randomly select questions from the ap-propriate groups and submit them to the student preventing teaching to the test and memorizing the answers. The State could maintain a database that included the records of every government school student and every home schooled or private schooled student, whose parents were willing to take them to a secure testing facility and allow them tested. The State and the local school board,




would then pay the parents the difference based on what they had learned since the last test. The scale of pay could be 2/3 of what it is costing to produce the same results in local government schools. This would push government schools to do better and reduce education cost. Let anybody view and/or privately take the tests at no cost over the internet, on their personal computers. This would allow the parents to test their children as well as test schools, teachers, and the tests. The parents would have a good idea of what is being taught. Knowing what you are getting; helps you, the taxpayer, get what you want and need!!!

(8) ANTI-MARRIAGE HISTORY: I find no com-fort in the homosexual and secular humanist move-ments, past lack of interest in correcting the IRS’S anti marriage, anti family, anti Christian; marriage tax penalty which existed for decades. Many even opposed its correction!!! However, when finally corrected, many in the homosexual community developed a strong psychological need to have their relationships sanctified by the states, and recognized by the IRS as a marriage. The liberal left’s anti Christian secular humanist element felt a strong obligation to help the homosexual political activists’ implement their strong psychological de-sire to get married. Will the ACL provide free legal representation to try to force states and the IRS to recognize these non-family, non-children, and un-Biblical relationships with marriage? Homosexuals can get most of the non-monetary, non-family and children benefits of marriage by a simple contract if desired. Is it perhaps greed and the desire to un-dermine psychologically, our societies, pro family, pro children concerns that motivate many pro ho-mosexual marriage activists, instead of freedom of choice?

It is interesting to note that the beginning of the modern anti-marriage anti-family agenda start-ed with the French Revolution of 1789 and is a part of the Communist anti-family agenda for us.

(9) ACLU PRIVACY FOR CRIMINALS AND TER-RORISTS: Social Security, driver’s license, the draft, the IRS, “Joe the plumber” and Sarah Palin prove that privacy from government for ordinary citizens is a fiction. A small group of pro socialist and com-munists organized the ACLU in the 1920’s. It works actively to provide cover for those promoting the ACLU agenda by claiming to uphold the Constitu-tion. It defends some good cases and I am sure many ACLU followers are sincere liberals. However, Roger Baldwin, the founder, an avowed Com-munist, developed this strategy. He recommended they surround themselves with many American flags to provide psychological cover. They misinter-pret the 1st amendment on religion, the 2nd on guns and the 13th on the draft. The 13th makes both slav-ery and a draft unconstitutional. Read it. Law abid-ing people have lost their privacy and ACLU priva-cy” only benefits criminals, political radicals and terrorist.

A State controlled fingerprint and photo ID da-tabase, accessible nationally, to prevent voter fraud, remove illegal aliens, and stop financial and/or legal exploitation of stolen ID’s. These are far less intrusive then many things that are already go-ing on and perhaps should be eliminated. Things about which, the ACLU seems to show no concern.

The book “SHADOW GOVERNMEN” subtitled “How the Secret Global Elite Is Using Surveillance against You” by Jeffrey Grant gives more insight into how our privacy is being undermined, then either a fingerprint or photo ID database could ever do and they do nothing to promote honest elections, stop illegal aliens or ID theft.

Let us think more about how to keep govern-ments from abusing power, regardless of what they know and help us know what they know. Let’s stop helping corrupt politicians and criminals hide from

justice, plus help international terrorist, successfully plan terrorist attacks. Let’s stop helping ACORN or their descendants and unions steal elections, and illegal aliens hide under our nose (up the census count in their areas) and many push drugs and or-ganize gangs.

The Alliance Defense Fun (ADF) is a compara-tively young 501c3 organization that has a reputa-tion of defending freedom and justice issues against the ACLU with a win ratio of 3 out of 4 in spite of the ACLU’S 320 million dollar reserves, about $20,000,000 from Soros.

(10) TRADE UNIONS AND THE DEMOCRAT PAR-TY: Why did they label the Democrat Party, the par-ty of the worker? Though there is evidence that the younger siblings of certain British Nobility financed Marx and the Communist Manifesto, They tried to make it appear as if it was a call to action by the workers of the world for workers of the world. Marx invited European guilds to the organizational meeting in England. One each from Belgium and the Netherlands did show up but became disillu-sioned with the meetings, domination by Marx and his family (about 30), and went home. The insiders always realized that to be successful they needed to recruit a sizable block of workers as psychological cover, cannon fodder, monetary supporters and/or voters. In the late 1800’s the Communists were actively involved in the Industrial Workers of the World Union (Wobbles). Many were convinced that Communists were involved in the shootings that resulted in the Hay Market Riots, HOWEVER, IT WAS BLAMED ON THE POLICE.

In the 1920’s while, FDR was bedfast with polio. His cousin and wife, Eleanor was active with LIBS including socialists and Communists. They were also highly represented among those who vis-ited FDR in the hospital. In 1932, the socialist and Communists abandon their third party activities, and became active in the Democrat party. The un-ions followed and thus the Democrat Party, the par-ty of slavers and the KKK, became the “Party of the working man”, and the Republican Party was la-beled the party of the rich. The Republican Party, that came into existence in 1854 to stop the spread of slavery, and grew rapidly after the Dred Scott Decision by the US Supreme Court.

This was in spite of the fact that FDR ran on, and then deserted, a much more conservative plat-form then Hoover. In the late 1930’s there was a strong reaction to Communists in labor unions and Communists were instructed by their bosses in the Soviet Union to stay in the unions even if they had to openly denounce Communism. Walter Ruther of the AF of L union, who went to Russia in the 20s and wrote home saying “I have seen the future and it works”, seemed to follow orders.

Many people believe that labor unions raised the standard of living of the blue-collar work-ers; however, a simple analysis of the economics will show this not to be true. Unions, using coer-cion, sometimes increased the standard of living of union members, but at the expense of non-union workers and economic progress. Union policies do not encourage maximizing productivity, though in some instances they do improve safety and person-al abuse. Some unions make new members take an oath never to reveal anything (even if true) that might help the company in a dispute with the un-ion. They use coercion to reduce productivity and maximize cost of labor in union made products.

It is for this reason most strong unions, have been and are in unionized industries such as auto-mobiles where large amounts of capital investment were required to compete and very costly when sabotaged and/or shut down and not productive. Foreign trade and right to work States broke through this union maximizing of coercion, not max-imizing competition and productivity as is the case with profit and productivity guided companies and laws.

A few decades back government employees could not join unions. Today they compose a major part of union membership in the United States and contribute to the low productivity of government workers.

Today even though about 40% of union members are not liberal left progressives (LIBS) the leadership is almost universally LIBS and their ex-tensive monetary contributions about one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000) in the 2008 Obama elec-tion cycle, plus 100,000’s of volunteer labor hours, went to LIB candidates in the Democrat Party. This averages about $2,000,000 (2 million) in each Con-gressional District or about $3 for every man wom-an and child in the District. There is an extensive synergistic relationship between the Democrat Par-ty and the LIBS in labor unions. In many areas, they are the tail that wags the donkey.

(11) CENSORSHIP OF IDEA AND INFOR-MATION: Who should control the information and the ideas the public can hear and discuss and who should have to pay for the dissemination of this in-formation? Should it be government bureaucrats or the public, with their time and/or money? I prefer the latter. The liberal left promote the “fairness doctrine” as a way to support the public right to know all the facts and ideas, especially theirs. They claim that since the federal government licenses air waves for use by radio stations they belong to the people and government bureaucrats should decide what facts and ideas the people should be allowed to hear and discuss instead of being based on lis-teners and advertising profits. It is easy to under-stand why the LIBS are so enthusiastic about the “fairness doctrine”. They dominated the mass print media and they had purged the discussion of con-troversial ideas from the airwaves.

The FCC eliminated the Fairness Doctrine in 1987 and Reagan refused to allow the LIBS to make it into law. AM radio was practically dead. Owners were afraid to allow any discussion of controversial ideas for fear of how many others would request free time to respond and bankrupt them.

For insight into the history of the “FAIRNESS DOCTRINE”, read “CENSORSHIP, THE THREAT TO TALK

RADIO” by Brian Jennings.

Government, originally licensed use of radio frequency and broadcast power, to promote a sys-temic and practical way to encourage its develop-ment by making it potentially useful and profitable. Two or more stations broadcasting on the same frequency in the same area is not practical. This was somewhat like homesteading. Value was in the development. Most of us would agree that the de-velopment of radio in the early 1900’s was, both profitable and good for society. It occurred without bureaucratic idea police. The liberal left is more concerned with suppressing conservative ideas and conservative talk radio than they are with “fairness”. Why does liberal talk-radio not suc-ceed? Because it has massive competition from FM radio, liberal TV, liberal newspapers, liberal news magazines, liberal books, liberal Public Radio, liberal teachers and professors, liberal web blogs, and a shortage of facts and logic which reduces the liberal AM radio listening audience drastically. Most con-servatives work, many at visually intensive jobs, they can stay informed by listening to talk radio, plus the numerous liberal sources. LIBS can do the same!!!

(12) BUYING VOTES WITH TAXES: The high cost of votes bought with taxes!!! About 100 years ago, political bosses bought votes with a half pint of whisky paid out of pocket. Secret ballot emphasis made this somewhat ineffective. However, the lib-eral left progressives (LIBS) have been able to sub-stitute taxpayer-supported vote buying schemes. They cost from $5,000 up to $100,000 per vote, per year depending on if it is a welfare vote, or more government bureaucrats. It takes people out of the




productive workforce, and there is no incentive to write good laws designed to solve problems, avoid welfare trap, and reduce bloated inefficient govern-ment bureaucracies. LIBS know these programs expand their “psychologically insecure voter base,” and they accuse those who want to correct the problems of being cruel and uncaring. We need an effective way of changing the incentive for those writing and implementing such laws.

One would be to require those who receive more from government than they pay in taxes to waive their voting privilege for 4 years following any such year, and have significant penalties. For 1st

offense, go on a national watch list; lose voting priv-ilege for 10 years and ¼ of income received. For a 2nd offense, lose voting privilege for life, and ½ of income received. For a 3rd offense, lose all income received, plus 1 year in jail.

This change would mean that the more people they trapped on welfare and the bigger the bu-reaucracies the fewer votes they would get. It would encourage them to write laws to help get people off welfare, bureaucrats to work harder, and discourage creating new bureaucratic empires. They undermine productive worker income, in-crease consumer costs and taxes. It also helps the LIB governments in Europe and China, catch up and look better in comparison. It is interesting to note that this was a strategy developed in a book by a couple of 1960’s LIBS and Columbia University soci-ology professors Cloward and Pevin as well as by radical Saul Alinsky and his book “Rules for Radi-cals”. They developed a strategy that would allow LIBS to destroy our constitutionally limited system of governments and the free enterprise system from within by bankrupting it. They are by design, actively using welfare state laws already on the books. 38 million on food stamps with 18 million of them working full time, and with governments advertising for more claiming this helps the econo-my. Is it working?

The recent proposed health care bill has al-lowed us to observe the attempted use of vote buy-ing in the Senate. The proposed costs ranged from 100 million for Nelson of Nebraska to 300 million dollars for Landrieu of Louisiana, per vote. The con-stitution requires all laws to apply to all states equally. This was unconstitutional!!!

In a free enterprise economy profits, losses, and competition motivates the maximization of efficiency and productivity. In government, this is currently lacking. In fact, the incentive is just the reverse. They tend to be able to buy votes using taxes and deficit spending. Undercover socialist are not only strengthened but motivated by vote buying, they know this will potentially cause our free enterprise system to collapse and they believe allow a socialist or Communist system to replace it. If we wish to discourage this and motivate them to strive to maximize government efficiency and mini-mize vote buying, we should require any incumbent who has voted to increase taxes or authorize deficit spending to acquire a 5% handicap in the next pri-mary and general election. This means they would have to get 55% of the votes to win. This would motivate them to consider making government more efficient on every vote instead of you vote for my earmark and I’ll vote for yours.

(13) PRESIDENT OBAMA: GOOD INTENTIONS BY MANY VOTERS; BAD AGENDA BY HIS HAN-DLERS: I take no comfort in having those who op-pose any part of Obama’s political agenda accused of doing it because of racism. However, I also be-lieve that the best thing that happened in the 2008 election was we elected a member of a minority as PRESIDENT and an selected a woman for vice presi-dent. Now, every minority parent can tell their chil-dren that if they study, work hard, and have good “character”, they can possibly be president. I hope

this “racism” smear tactic disappears from the toolkit of the liberal left progressives (LIBS) and their programmed camp followers, who believe and repeat their sound bites. It discourages any honest discussion of the pros and cons of issues. I hope this does not cause many to conclude that all mi-norities are leftists’ and willing to use “racism” to promote a leftist agenda, while, LIBS are accusing their opposition of being racists.

One of the good things to come out of the Obama election is black teen are more positive about their future then black adults. In fact, black teens are twice as convinced they will do better than their parents did, as white teens are.

What did Obama’s, White House Chief of Staff, Rohm Emanuel mean when he said never let a se-rious crises go to waste?

Many people are now aware of and trying to stop the CRISES, Obama’s handlers were secretly HOPING to use, to CHANGE us toward fascism or socialism.

Many intelligent minorities understand and de-fend liberty and justice. Some examples are Clar-ence Thomas, Thomas Sowell, Walter Williams, Kin Blackwell (Ohio), Bob Steele Michael Williams (Texas) and Robin Armstrong, who is vice chairper-son of the Texas Republican Party.

I hope the desire of minorities, and especially blacks, to see President Obama’s term be a success, does not cause them to become addicted to the LIB agenda and propaganda, and refuse to logically con-sider the ideas and reasoning of others concerning issues. Especially the sound bite, “it’ll take time to fix what Bush took 8 years to mess up”. They do not explain what Bush and his aides did, or did not do, to prevent the economic crises, until September 2008, nor why they let it occur just in time to defeat McCain.

Who did Bush use, (or was it perhaps Obama supporters) that pulled (1/2 trillion) $500,000,000,000 out of the money market in 4 hours that created the banking panic, used to justify the first massive bailout supported by most liberal Democrats including Obama and approved by Bush? There is also evidence that this panic and the punc-turing of a loose credit money bubble triggered the housing and stock market crises. Many of the mul-timillion-dollar bonuses in the FINANCE industry went to those who were most effective at creating this credit bubble. These crises were then used to justify the more massive bailout (stimulus package) approved by almost all of the liberal Democrats in the Congress and Senator Specter (then R later D), and signed by President Obama.

The approval of this 1000+ page stimulus bill was so urgent that they could not allow time for them to study or even read it before they voted. Obama then waited days for a special signing cere-mony. This after Obama promised in his campaign that his administration would be more open, and that he would post legislation on the internet

so the public could study it, before Congress would vote on it!!! Was he lying? Could it be that this massive stimulus package is 5% stimulus for the economy and 95% stimulus for the Democrat party, the LIBS organizers and their LIB agenda??? Was it perhaps, 95% de-stimulus for the economy? Per-haps we should study it before the next congres-sional (special or 2010) elections. Let us get ready to stop what appear to be a waste of taxes and freedom to increase the LIBS’ and ACORN’S or its descendants, control of the Democrat party and government.

Obama’s promise to put every bill on the inter-net several days before its’ final vote was good. It’s a shame it was a lie. We should make every poten-tial candidate pledge to make both the house and Senate rules require a 7-day posting on the internet before a final vote. If not 7 days, require 60% of both the House and the Senate for an emergency approval.

(14) MONEY, WHAT IS IT? HOW DOES IT WORK?: Historically many things have been used as a medium of exchange, Cattle, sea shells, brass, gold, paper fiat money and warehouse receipts for bullion or tobacco. We have used all of these in this country.

Credit has also had a long history of use. Com-pany stores and local community stores have long extended credit to local customers, usually until the end of the month or until they got a paycheck. Af-ter the Revolution, every state controlled its own money system. It resulted in such a mess that the Constitution established gold and silver as the only government sanctioned money system. Within a decade, people were amazed at how they were prospering! Within, about a hundred years the population had increased over 25 to 1, the USA had the highest standard of living of any major country, and over half of the real accumulated wealth in the world was in the United States, This, in spite of the terrible cost of the Civil War, and no “Federal Re-serve Bank”.

A reliable medium of exchange, free enter-prise, patient protection and copyright protection are excellent catalysts for economic prosperity! Prior to the 1913, and 16th (income tax) amend-ment, a major portion of federal government in-come came from tariffs. In 1913, our tax and mon-ey systems started to change. During the Christmas holidays of 1913, after all of the members of Con-gress who were opposed to the creation of the pri-vately owned Federal Reserve Banking System had gone home without adjourning. The few supporters of the system, who remained, voted it in by unani-mous consent, no recorded vote. Some claim only four Senators were present.-With electronic voting there is no time saving with this procedure. We should eliminate it! Since there was, no one to ob-ject to the lack of a quorum the law passed. Several months earlier, they elected Wilson, a progressive, as president over Taft. Wilson signed it into law.

Taft had opposed the system and several of the big banks financed both the campaigns of Wilson and third party candidate Theodore Roosevelt, who was rushed back from a safari in Africa by pro Fed-eral Reserve Bank, bankers; to run as a third party candidate against Taft. This allowed pro Federal Reserve Bank Wilson to win. We can trace a major part of every recession and depression since, to the creating and puncturing of credit money bubble. Insiders using insider information gain a lot of wealth and power in both. They create these cycles by tightening a very loose credit money market and/or by selling “SHORTS” in the commodities and/or stock markets. Usually it is a combination of all the above.

I believe, the elimination of a leveraged credit money system (in truth a counterfeit highly lever-aged credit money system), as well as, the elimina-tion of “MARKET SHORTS and perhaps FUTURES” in both the Commodities and the Stock Markets would go a long way toward eliminating business cycles. Cycles that allow gain by manipulation and speculation instead of gains by creativity, produc-tion, distribution, retail, service, or, investing earned savings. There are some arguments for fu-tures but they also have permitted speculators to make money running gas prices up. We borrow Paper money into circulation. It’s a Federal Re-serve Notes. We pay Interest to the Federal Re-serve Bank. Prior to the Civil War, all bills were gold or silver certificates. They circulated interest free. People who had gold to mint paid 1/10 by weight to the MINT. During the Civil War Lincoln issued $300,000,000 in fiat money (GREENBACK). These circulated interest free, until after Kennedy’s assas-sination. Early in his administration, president Johnson pulled Greenbacks out of circulation. Only leveraged (counterfeit) credit money systems al-low the creation and puncturing of credit money bubbles and their associated major boom and bust




savings Credit is not the same as Federal Reserve Bank computer data base entry leveraged credit money! Let us audit them now!

Even fiat money would be better if properly controlled. At least the gains due to inflation would be visible and accrue to the benefit of the taxpayers instead of the insiders in the BANKING SYSTEM, AND THE MARKET MANIPULATORS

(15) FEDERAL RESERVE BANK; A COSTLY COUNTERFEIT CREDIT AND BOOK ENTRY MONEY PROBLEM!!! The purpose here is to concisely point out the difference between counterfeit credit and book entry money of the Federal Reserve Banking system, and real credit and Constitutional bullion money the Founding Fathers authorized. An exam-ple of real credit is if you own something free and clear and you sell it and take a note from the buyer, you have established a real credit agreement. The mediums of exchange were the note (Contract) and usually money and/ or other property.

The FRB uses a technique some call monetizing the debt and the FRB calls, letting the assets stand good for the debt. This sounds a lot like the former real credit situation however the difference is the bank bought the property from the original owner not with earned savings but BOOK ENTRY MONEY.

The bank is now drawing interest on a counter-feit credit note and the original owner now has book entry (counterfeit) money to spend. When the original owner carried the note, he could not spend the money until the buyer paid him. The banks gain wealth by creating inflation and credit money bubbles!!! The credit money bubbles let insiders gain wealth by puncturing these counterfeit credit money bubbles.

You can inflate gold when used as money but it takes a lot of work to do it, and it is even harder to counterfeit!!! After you have doubled the supply once, you have to work twice as hard to double it a 2nd, time. If the amount of goods and services in-crease faster than the supply of gold, gold’s value increases. They cannot increase gold with a com-puter entry at a bank, or by adding a zero behind the number on a Federal Reserve Note. There is a truism “bad money drives out the good”. That is why the Constitution made gold and silver the only legal forms of money in the United States!!! Cur-rently gold is by political edict not money, nor and investment, gold mining stocks could be an invest-ment. Presently gold is insurance against inflation and speculation. Investments can usually grow and/or promote productive growth.

For more in depth information read “THE CREA-TURE FROM JECKYLL ISLAND” BY G. Edward Griffin.

(16) TAXES AND TARIFF: Prior to the income tax amendment and the creation of the Federal Re-serve System in 1913, a major source of Federal revenue was tariffs. During that time, the popula-tion of the United States increased 25 to 1 and half the wealth of the world was accumulated here. Prohibitive tariffs are usually bad, but tariffs biased slightly toward economic autonomy that help pay health and security import costs are fair. It helps countries minimize international economic whip-lash. In the 16th amendment debates, some argued for a 7% maximum in the amendment. Taxes start-ed at 1% on $20,000 to $50,000 equal to over $250,000 today ($20 per oz. gold) and 6% on over $800,000. Three of the ten planks of Marx’s “COMMUNIST MANIFEST” published in 1848 were graduated inheritance taxes, graduated income tax-es and centralized banking. This does not mean they cannot be useful, but we should carefully con-sider why Marx proposed them, why we adopted them, and how they have worked.

Unnecessary, income taxes take profits needed to make productive jobs. It uses them to hire bu-reaucrats and promote welfare. High Inheritance

taxes takes the assets of successful family business-es and makes them risk borrowing large amounts of money with profits going to pay interest instead of making new jobs, it makes them vulnerable to busi-ness cycles, or forces them to sell at fire sale prices to insiders or foreign and/or multi-national corpora-tions. None of these options promotes freedom and justice. We are now seeing the effects of lever-aged credit money and a debt based economy. I suspect we are transferring large amount of middle class earned savings and wealth to domestic and foreign credit money and debt market manipulators such as George Soros, China, etc. In the 20’s Lenin proposed “a peace offensive”, conspiracy, and the use of economic collapse, not force for the final Communist takeover of the USA. It is worth a se-cond look to determine who is doing what. It is time to stop letting manipulators hide behind PRI-VACY and secretly manipulate our economy for their gain! Let us also demand an audit of the Fed-eral Reserve Banks after 95 years of secrecy. Mon-ey is the root of much that is good but a corruptible counterfeit credit money system a lot that is evil!!!

(17) E-MAILS EXPOSE GLOBAL WARMING HOAX!!!

Over the last several years, several people have been trying to use the Freedom of Infor-mation Act to get the original temperature data that the global warming proponents claim support their global warming hypotheses. They had been unsuccessful. Recently, however, a hacker or a whistle blower has released to the internet 1000’s of emails from the leading global warming research center in England. The e-mails show that the insid-er scientists supporting global warming know there computer models are not accurate and they have been doctoring the data to get the conclusions they wanted, whether for egotistical, economic or politi-cal reasons.

The e-mails also exposed the efforts they were using to prevent scientists who disagreed with them from being published in scientific journals. They would than argue that those who disagreed with them were not credible because they were not pub-lished in peer-reviewed journals.

The e-mails also revealed their willingness and plans to destroy the original data to prevent people from using the FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT to get access to it. These e-mails covered a period from several weeks ago up to about ten years ago.

Something seldom discussed is the fact that most weather-monitoring facilities are in or near cities, which tends to bias the temperature up be-cause of blacktop, energy use, etc. Satellite data may be better.

“Despite the bias, omissions, and distortions by the media and extremist groups, the real sto-ry about global warming is being told, and, judg-ing by the welcome success of Michael Crich-ton's "State of Fear," it's now being told to the American public”

(18) MONEY CRISES, WHO PROFITED?: Who was involved and why was it possible for ½ trillion ($500,000,000,000) to be pulled out of the MONEY MARKET in 4 hours. It prompted Henry Paulson (Secretary of Treasury) on 9/18/08, to insist that the Congress had to approve a 700 billion dollar bailout immediately or risk total economic collapse. Was it profitable? Was it Soros, who got rich, manipulating credit money systems, or China, or both? Who pro-posed and passed the laws and/or procedures that made the crises possible? What were they? Why are we not discussing them??? Why and how did it suddenly ruin the housing market and bankrupt GM and Chrysler?? Are the solutions a payback for the 1 billion (1,000,000,000) dollars and hundreds of thousands of volunteer hours, unions spent to elect EGO-LECTUAL left wing progressives in the 2008 election as well as the 9/17/08 money manipulator?

It is interesting to note that the ½ trillion dol-lars pulled out of the credit money market in four

hours. They discussed it only, a few times over a period of a few hours, while trying to get the Bush Administration to support the bail out. They have not discussed it since. Who is controlling the dis-cussion and why??? Did the money pulled out of the credit money system in 4 hours pull 5 to 15 tril-lion out of the leveraged credit market?

(19) ENERGY INDEPENDENCE, WHY NOT?: There is nothing wrong with wind and solar energy when and where it is economically viable, but we should not allow the liberal left progressive (LIBS) to divert 10’s to 100’s of billion’s in taxpayer dollars into subsidizing unreliable, intermittent and costly sources of energy. While for the last 40 years, they have been preventing free enterprise from develop-ing far cheaper safer and more reliable nuclear en-ergy using reprocessed fuel rods. In addition, they drive up energy costs by preventing the develop-ment of cheaper, politically more secure and relia-ble oil and natural gas reserves in Alaska, off shore and on 100’s of millions of acres of Federal land. It seems more like the LIBS are handicapping free enterprise and de-industrializing America. How do they do this? With ridiculous land use restrictions, global warming nonsense, LIB legal harassment causing expensive time delays with no penalty on their part when they lose, etc. Why do they do this? Perhaps they are handicapping us so the more socialist and/or communist parts of the world can catch up or get ahead.

The off shore oil spill is being used by the stop America progress crowd to stop our drilling off shore. It does nothing to improve the safety of off-shore drilling by dozens of other countries, many in the Gulf. The Alaskan Valdese oil spill resulted in awareness, research and construction changes that have significantly reduced those risks. I am sure this will do the same.

What most of the complainers aren’t talking about is this is an extremely high producing well and could indicate an extremely high producing field. It could go a long way toward reducing gas prices and reducing our imbalance of trade. The problems associated with future risks are rapidly being solved or reduced in spite of government bu-reaucratic bungling in reducing the damage and stopping the flow. For example, they let the oil flow uncontrolled while deciding what type of tests to run. They’ve known for weeks this day was hope-fully going to come, why weren’t they making those decisions then?

There has been one incident like this out of the thousands of wells drilled and yet the Oboma-ites are shutting down all drilling for six months and risking or perhaps forcing the off shore drilling rigs to move out of the gulf to other countries, including Brazil. Is this a part of a pro world socialism anti USA agenda.

Even if global warming was a real problem us-ing cap and trade to force exporting our jobs to Communist China does nothing to fix it. Instead we let the taxpayers in America subsidize, (1) “free trade” with them while they produced even more CO2, and (2) the exporting of our technology and industrial base! In spite of Roosevelt’s Keynesian managed depression, we still had an industrial base. When reactivated it won world WW II. They did this by stopping the contraction of the money supply, stopping paying farmers and others not to produce and eliminating the make work (WPA and CCC camp jobs and their government managers). Productive employers were not only paying taxes to support these schemes but also competing with them for workers. It was a good way to slow down our re-covery.

After the war Roosevelt was dead, his welfare/fascist formula for economic recovery was dead, and within a few years the free enterprise system had managed to get 25 million, 1/3 of the work-force re-integrated into a profit driven, growing and




productive peace time economy. This occurred in spite of a baby boom and millions picking up educa-tion where the war had interrupted it!

(20) THE GODS OF A CLASSLESS SOCIALISM: We have no class system in the United States with perhaps an exception for some government welfare recipients and union members. We are not born into a position in life as were serfs or slave and kings and Nobility. Many of those born at the bot-tom of the economic ladder climb toward the top and many of those born at the top fall toward the bottom, for most it is a matter of ability, education, work ethic, savings and/or investments and less by family tree.

Some of the Marxist/Darwinist of the British Fabian Socialist Society discussed the idea that they may have evolved in intellect and acquired the knowledge and insight into where humankind needs to go, so they were qualified to assume the position of GODS and decide how we should evolve. And, , who lives, and how they live and when and how they die!!! Hitler bought the argu-ment. Socialism, national health care and a “one world government”, controlled by the Ego-lectual “elite” of the liberal left progressive (LIB) move-ment, is their solution!!!

(21) CONSPIRACIES HOW CAN THEY HIDE? : Why do so many conservative and libertarian activ-ists, seem almost paranoid when the word conspir-acy is used? Even LIBS are paranoid concerning conspiracy except when applied to Bush, conserva-tives or Tea Party Activist. I suspect, (1) part of it is a reaction to those who jump to the conclusion that anything that doesn’t seem right to them is the re-sult of a conspiracy, no matter how illogical or in-consistent it is with relevant facts. (2) Part of it is they have skipped over some relevant points in his-tory. (3) I suspect a part of it is because they have not given much thought as to how an effective con-spiracy hides itself. (4) They may be a part of or under the influence of someone whose objective is to help hide a particular conspiracy. Let us look at each of these in order. (1) Create dozens of plausi-ble and misleading conspiracy explanations with a few ridicules ones. If somebody gets close to the truth, ridicule him or her by associating them with one of the ridiculous conspiracy explanations. (2) In the early history of the Fabian Socialist move-ment, they referred to their cover up tactic as an open conspiracy. They communicated with each other using limited circulation books, periodicals and memoranda they wrote, at a high reading skill level, using insider terminology, and words with an (Aesopian language) dual meaning. If someone did study their materials and tried to arouse the public concerning their agenda they would just deny it and smear that person.

Infiltrating and influencing the media and high-er education, especially controlling education, jour-nalism, social studies and psychoanalysis schools was a part of their agenda almost from the begin-ning. Many of the original British Fabian Socialists knew Marx since he had fled to England from France because of his revolutionary activities there. Lenin (an ex med student) Knew most Fabian So-cialists since he had fled Russia in the early 1900’s rather than stay, and as some claimed stand trial for murdering a fellow student he suspected was an undercover agent in his secret communist cell. It was in England that the Communists split, and be-came Bolsheviks (about 30) which Lenin led, and the Mensheviks (in England, less than the Bolshe-viks).

Lenin believed that for Communism to succeed they needed to develop a very secretive, (multi level security) conspiracy with assassination squads. We got a little insight into how thoroughly Russian Communism had infiltrated our govern-ment and our society when it collapsed in Russia.

We have little data on what China’s conspiratorial capabilities are. However, we know they keep propping up a militant, nuclear-armed North Korea and building advanced weapons systems with our imported technology and their profits from our trade.

We know the Communists trained Arafat be-hind the Iron Curtain and that Russia helped Syria, Iraq and Iran with weapons, technology and maybe some nuclear capability. It is possible, they helped in the over throw of the anti-Communist non-terrorist Shaw of Iran by the Carter administration. We have no idea how far China has infiltrated and manipulates the radical Muslim’s movement or Al-Qaeda’s conspiratorial depth. We do know that a radical Muslim was an officer in our army, and able to kill 13 people on the base in San Antonio. The liberal media opposes much that could interfere with the radical Muslims,’ or China’s agenda. Is there, an anti conspiracy, CONSPIRACY?

The Lincoln assassination is possibly an exam-ple of a conspiracy to hide a conspiracy.

Some claim they killed Booth while appre-hending him. One man identified The body and the coffin was sealed, and the government chased Booth leads for years. Nine more were appre-hended, tried and convicted by a military court and one escaped. They executed four people, in-cluding the first woman, within three months, for their part in the conspiracy to assassinate Lincoln. Was this for the conspiracy to assassinate Lincoln or was there a bigger conspiracy needing to be covered up, a higher-level conspiracy. Why did Encyclopedia Britannica, after being acquired by the, Rockefeller supported, University of Chicago, eliminated for several decades any reference to this possible conspiracy. Is it not interesting that on the same evening at about the same time, Atzerodt was to assassinate Vice President John-son, and Powell was to assassinate Secretary of State Seward,. Powell stabbed Seward several times and injured four others.

There are several, perhaps a dozen proposed hypotheses, concerning the Lincoln assassination many are based on information revealed since Ot-to Eisenschiml’s 1937 book, ”WHY WAS LINCOLN MURDERED? This book triggered my original awareness of a conspiracy, and the LIBS attempts to write it out of history. I had learned nothing beyond Booth in high school or college American history. Why???

The military tribunal trial of those accused, in the Lincoln assassination conspiracy was one of the first trials covered by four shorthand takers. Sever-al newspapers also printed the proceedings almost completely, presumably from the shorthand. They published an official government transcript a few years later. The official transcript was in conflict with the newspaper coverage at the time of the trial in many areas. Why?

Many books discuss the evidence for the exist-ence of conspiracies. For example, “NONE DARE CALL IT TREASON” by John Stormer, “THE NAKED COMMUNIST” by Cleon Skousen, “NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY” by Gary Allen and Larry Abraham, plus “PROOFS OF A CONSPIRACY” by John Robison. Robison was an English doctor who had spent time in Europe both before and after the French Revolu-tion. He published it in 1795. However if you would like to read about the agenda of an international network from the perspective of an insider read the 1300 page “TRAGEDY and HOPE A History of the World In Our Time” by Carroll Quigley first printed in 1966.

(22) BORDER FENCE AND ILLEGAL IMMI-GRANTS: Why have the liberal left progressive (LIBS) been so opposed to the border fence and in favor of granting citizenship to illegal immigrants? 1) Perhaps it is because these groups tend to vote 60+% Democrat when naturalized. (Most liberal left progressives (LIBS) are not very good at math, but I

am sure they can hire consultants to explain the political benefits of this to them). 2) It would signif-icantly reduce drug use and drug use profits. These groups tend to vote for and support liberal Demo-crats. 3) Illegal immigrants compose a major por-tion of our criminals, illegal gun users, and our ex-panded prison population. This provides income for the ultra liberal legal profession, arguments for out-lawing guns, and they use the large prison popula-tion (30% illegal -criminally convicted- aliens) to paint us as a police state. It increases the size and cost of government. They use the large prison pop-ulation to justify reducing criminal penalties and keeping more criminals on the street, instead of reducing crime and illegal immigration.

Even after the building of the fence was ap-proved liberal Democrats have bent over backwards to cut off funding. They also have used Sierra Club types, environmental laws, liberal lawyers and ground squirrels to slow its construction. The pro-gressives, however are not as tolerant of Cuban ref-ugees, Cubans tend to be anti-Communist not liber-als. LIBS encourage the Coast Guard to stop them.

The LIBS are undermining the Mexican econo-my, by us exporting organized crime financing, and stolen merchandise including guns, while, importing drugs, crime organizers, illegal immigrant workers, who provide cover and financing for illegal immi-grants in organized crime plus assist in organizing local gangs, and drug pushers, a large prison popu-lation, as well as potential LIB voters when given citizenship.

It is interesting to watch the LIBS attack Arizona for passing a law similar to the federal law, but put-ting teeth into it so law enforcement officials in the state can inquire into and act on peoples illegal sta-tus. If the LIBS thought it was going to fail they would wait. They are afraid it will work and other states might adopt it, and expose and neutralize their scam. They never mention that Phoenix has become the second leading city in the world for kid-nappings and the Feds are not stopping it.

Many illegal immigrants marry an American citi-zen to become citizens. Some US citizens do this several times for extra income. Let’s stop this!

(23) COLLEGE EDUCATION OR POLITICAL IN-DOCTRINATION?: Even in the 50’s, there was a great deal of emphasis on going to college and get-ting a good liberal education. At the time I thought it meant a broad based education, however, after getting a degree in physics and looking back at the courses and the material in the courses I took to get a good liberal education I realize that they meant a good liberal left progressive indoctrination. I even took some education courses and taught school while a hemophilic liberal. This makes it easier for me to understand why public school teachers and those liberal education professors tend to indoctri-nate students to be liberal left progressives (LIBS) who vote Democrat (from conditioning). One ex-ample was a poll, which showed that almost 50% of high school graduates thought a business could op-erate without a profit but 60% of college graduates believed that. The more “liberal educa-tion” (Indoctrination) you get, the less you under-stand about free market economics, and the more you vote Democrat.

It is not the teachers’ fault: most of them can-not help it. They have to overcome their “education”, the local teachers unions and the NEA. However, we can rehabilitate many, I was and I have helped many others since!!! I have also taken journalism courses and can understand why they are so confused. I am sure many of you after read-ing this are convinced I wasted my time, but I am trying. What are you doing?

(24) HIGH COST OF “GOVERNMENT BAR-GAINS”: There are things, which are best for gov-ernments to do even if somewhat inefficient. Po-lice, military and roads are some of those. Howev-




er, the average value of goods and services ob-tained by or for governments for each dollar in tax-es paid are as follows, city or county;70 cents; State, 50 cents; Federal government, 30 cents. How much government help can we afford? I have not done the research on this but I have seen it repeated over the last several years. Part of the reason this keeps happening is the people getting the benefits are not paying the taxes directly. If it is the state, its taxpayers in other states if a congressional district its taxpayers in other districts, in a city other tax-payers, etc.

Even local government productive jobs are of-ten inefficient. I’m sure many of you have passed a local road crew repairing a pothole with one work-ing and two leaning on shovels.

We sometimes see a street paved and months later torn up and a storm-drain installed. Why? The city needed to use state or federal funds before a certain date or loose them. If this happened in a business, you can be sure they would call someone on the carpet and probably fire them. There was a time when if you could not afford food clothing or shelter you went to the County Farm to stay. True most people did not want to go there and most people who are drug or alcohol dependent would not want to go there. In addition, most people would not want a member of their family there but it worked and there was a lot of incentive to work hard, save and help your family or fellow church members if they needed it, and they appreciated the help. The state government and the federal governments were not involved. What a bargain!

It is Business profits that make the millions of new productive jobs made in this country. Almost no State or Federal taxes go to make productive jobs. Instead, much if not most of these taxes go to buy votes and hire bureaucrats who produce noth-ing, but undermine the ability of productive busi-ness to make productive jobs.

(25) KILLER BRIDGES, WHERE DID THEY GO? : A few years back a bridge 0n I-35 in Minnesota col-lapsed and 13 people died. It seemed like every liberal in the media and in government, was crying about how many bridges were out of date and needed upgrading. This bridge was just one exam-ple of what was going to happen if we did not im-mediately appropriate and spend billions of dollars to save numerous lives by upgrading 8 years of Bush’s outdated bridges.

Why have we not heard about this problem in a while? First, we pay state and federal gas taxes to build and repair roads and bridges and there is sup-posed to be money in the fund. Let the bureaucrats start repairing them in an orderly fashion. Second, It was determined that there had been a design de-fect when the bridge was built plus they were get-ting ready to repair the bridge and had piled and parked 100’s of tons of material and vehicles near the failure. This was determined months later. The media and the politicians made little effort to cor-rect the public misconception of the problem.

(26) INHERITANCE TAXES HURT ECONOMY AND FREEDOM: Karl Marx advocated high inher-itance taxes. They were one of the ten planks of the Communist Manifesto. This does not mean we should not consider them but we must consider them very carefully. The problem is power especial-ly power controlled by government. In the nineties federal inheritance taxes started at $640,000 and 50% and went up from there. Several States had an inheritance tax that was on top of that. It is my be-lief that we should make every effort not to under-mine family and small businesses that compete with large multinational corporations, in many ways. It should not start before $20,000,000 at a maximum of 20% and advance gradually up to $100,000,000 and 50% maximum. Think about it!!!

(27) BUSH LIED PEOPLE DIED, CLAIM THE LIBS: And it was an optional war, we were not attacked. First, the lie was supposedly about weapons of mass destruction and attempting to buy yellow cake uranium from Niger. Hussein had several months to get rid of weapons and evidence. Send them to Syria, Russia, bury them in the desert or give them to Iran. He did that with the airplanes he still had during the Gulf War. There were dozens of large transport planes that went to Syria and Russia be-fore the war started. I am sure he told us what was on them.

His minister in charge of trade made a trip to Niger. Their primary exports are yellow cake urani-um and onions. Perhaps Hussein had a craving for onions. Bush did not say he bought any he said they felt he was trying to restart his nuclear pro-gram. How did Joseph Wilson, husband of Valerie Plame, determine what Hussein’s trade minister wanted and who talked to him?

Second, they did find artillery rounds designed for chemicals, some artillery rounds filled with poi-son chemicals and some containers filled with poi-son chemicals. The liberal left progressives (LIBS) did not consider these weapons of mass destruc-tion, since the filled rounds were out of date and the chemicals were separate from the unfilled artil-lery rounds. Very comforting. Chemicals do not suddenly become ineffective on a certain date. They degrade gradually. There is always some ef-fect. Hussein supplied some troops with chemical masks and suits. Is it possible most of the chemicals were shipped out before the war?

Third, Bush asked for a declaration of war on terror not Al-Qaeda. Some argue that terror is a tactic not an enemy. The answer is anybody who uses the tactic is the enemy. Hussein had been pay-ing the families of those who blew themselves up to kill civilians $25,000. How were we going to get other countries to support our war on terror, inter-rupt their funding and get their help in pursuing them if the only terrorist we were going to pursue were those we could prove intentionally attacked the United States? Plus, we could only pursue them on the high seas or within our boundaries.

Forth, there were Iraqis (high security escort guards) who testified that they had some evidence that Hussein and Osama had been very secretly working together for about 10 years, at the base where the Iraqis trained in the use of weapons of mass destruction. They said when they brought in Al-Qaeda Trainees, Iraq trainees and most other Iraqis were excluded from the base. Hussein had killed 10’s of thousands with chemical weapons. He knew how to make and use them!!!

Fifth, the congressional resolution that author-ized Bush to attack if he believed Hussein was a threat, passed with a majority of the Democrat votes. Hussein had not allowed inspectors in for several years under Clinton or Bush. He did not al-low them in until Bush had given orders to mobilize about 200,000 troops and until tens of thousands were on their way. After he let inspectors into Iraq, there were still areas they could not inspect and he was slowing down and interfering with other in-spections.

Sixth, Hussein had not lived up to his agree-ments after the Gulf War. Were we going to leave 200,000 troops there or bring them home and hope he finally let the inspectors do their job?

Seventh, we later determined that Hussein was paying off many of the high-level government offi-cials among our allies that actively opposed our at-tacking Iraq, and were quoted by the liberal media.

It is regrettable that over 4000 soldiers have died in Iraq and Afghanistan but let us put it in per-spective. About 1/5 would have died had there been no war; in car accidents, murdered by illegal aliens, etc. During WWII we had less then ½ the population and there were several battles in which we lost more troops and about 90 times more died

during the war. During the Civil war we had 1/5 the population and about 150 times more Americans died. On a per capita basis, the number was 75,000% greater.

Even if you could prove Bush was wrong, how, do you prove it was a lie and not a mistake he made? Perhaps we should say Bush tried and suc-ceeded while the liberal left progressives (LIBS) lied and smeared! I was not happy with many things Bush did but I believe this was far more likely a Bush smear and a lie by the LIBS who dominate the “mass looser media”, the Democrat party and la-bor unions, rather than a Bush lie.

Stephen F. Hayes book “THE CONNECTION piec-es together and explains much of what appears to have been a secretive 10-year relationship between Saddam Hussein, al Qaeda and Osama bin Laden going back to the 93 bombing of the Twin Towers. He gives numerous quotes showing the Clinton Ad-ministration believed they were working together, as well as the Bush Administration. He also reveals information that was uncovered after they captured Iraq.

(28) HOW DID BUSH ARRANGE TO PLANT THERMITE IN THE TWIN TOWERS AND BUILDING 7, AS MANY LIBS CLAIM? : That’s what caused their collapse, not the planes and the fire, perhaps, but isn’t it possible that if they could stay in the country illegally and learn to fly but not land jumbo jets, then perhaps, they had someone previously plant thermite in the buildings. Osama then had suicide agents in the building who retrieved the explosives and put them where they needed to be after the crashes, or perhaps, it was left over from a previous plan. Than perhaps there was no thermite, it was a planted story, and the planes and the fires, which we all know, did happen, really did bring down the Twin Towers and several hours of uncontrolled burning perhaps resulted in the collapse of building seven. Have you ever watched a blacksmith use his forge? If you have, you know the faster you get oxygen to a flame the hotter it burns. An elevator shaft can act like a forge. It gets hot enough to not only turn iron and steel red but also white. At that temperature, it is very easy to bend and reshape iron or steel. The section above where the planes hit fell as a unit and the building collapsed from the top down. Not from the bottom up as is the case of most demolition operations.

Some claim flames shot out the windows of each floor as it collapsed and this confirms the use of thermite as the cause. I watched the original col-lapse on TV when it happened. I noticed no flames or molten metal shooting out the windows as the buildings collapsed. Is it possible somebody has been doing some good Photo Shopping on the origi-nal video?

Some claim they fell at the speed of a freefalling object. I agree it was somewhat similar, but I have seen no list of assumptions or detailed calculations and most of those I’ve talked to don’t know enough calculus even to guess how long it should take to fall. None of them could guarantee that the video they watched was not accelerated.

(29) OKLAHOMA CITY BOMBING COVER-UP: Did Timothy McVeigh ALONE, really blow up the Murrah Federal Building with a rental truck loaded with barrels full of fertilizer and diesel fuel? We all believe there was a truck that blew up and if you have a simple understanding of physics, you know that the force of an unconfined explosion decreases with the cube of the distance. For example if you double the distance you have 1/8 the force. The ground confined this one, so it was about 1/4. If you recall the TV image of the building, you saw the irregular shape of the collapsed roof. What caused a steel support column with about ½ the force to shear and the one that was closer not to shear off? There perhaps was a second explosion at that col-umn. The seismograph in the geology department




umn. The seismograph in the geology department at Oklahoma University indicated there was a se-cond explosion. In addition, there was never a good explanation for why they pulled the rescuers out of the wreckage and brought in the bomb squad. They ordered the building destroyed, before they could gather evidence. If you really want to look for a media and government cover up look here.

Clinton removed the original FBI team that was looking for a pickup that a witness had seen fleeing the scene at high speed, with two men in it. One was dark complexioned. Clinton replaced them with a handpicked team out of Washington DC that found just what he said they would. A right wing fanatic most likely inspired by Rush Limbaugh who did it almost single-handed with a little help from his friend Nichols another rightwing fanatic. It fit Clinton’s version of the story and most of us might believe it, if a local investigative journalist from a local TV station had not found a lot of INCONVEN-IENT EVIDENCE and put it out over that station. A few unidentified witnesses showed up to help her get more evidence, which she put on TV, and which, helped her get more evidence. The FBI did not seem to be interested in what she was finding so she wrote a book. A one woman Dick Tracy, who got a lot of help, from a lot of concerned people, who had seen or found many bits and pieces to the puzzle. Many brought them to her and she put them together and then found more pieces, some-times with their help, sometimes with the help of a hidden camera crew, sometimes with the help of the local police but never with help from Clinton’s special FBI TEA or the rest of the news media in Oklahoma City. In fact, they attack her!

She found the pickup truck. It had been stolen in Norman Oklahoma and repainted; She found McVeigh’s lost license plate which had resulted in his being stopped outside Oklahoma City and put in jail because of suspicious conduct, not because he was a suspect; She found who was probably the dark complexioned man seen in the pickup truck. An undercover agent of Hussein’s was planted in and repatriated with thousands of Iraq prisoners, after the Gulf War. He was working for a rich Arab, rental property owner, who was a pro Palestinian supporter. Nichols who was married to a Pilipino made trips to the Philippines without his wife. When they showed his picture to a Pilipino terror investigator, he identified him and said he meet with an Al-Qaeda explosive expert. If you want to know more, much more, get her book, “THE THIRD TERRORIST” by Jana Davis. It does a lot to explain what happened and how, but very little to improve our unquestioning trust in government power or the liberal media.

(30) TERRI SCHIAVO’S EXECUTION: I find no comfort in how the liberal left progressives (LIBS) in the mass media can design a non-story out of a real story by deleting or ignoring many of the important facts in a situation. I will make a brief presentation of the image the media presented and the facts that others found which make the issue worthy of discussion and political consideration.

Terri’s husband was a very loving husband whose wife was bulimic. This resulted in a heart attack, which resulted in brain damage. She became a vegetable. They kept her alive for 15 years by us-ing special means and a feeding tube. Her loving husband had finally realized there was no hope, however, her parents because of unreasoning emo-tions or perhaps greed refused to accept reality, and right to life radicals were using them to pro-mote their political agenda.

What was the other side of the story? Five years earlier Terri had lost from over 200 pounds down to 130. There was no other evidence she was bulimic. When her husband first started suing her doctors for her condition, they were going to use

some of the money to build a special room on her parents’ house. Her parents were going to help him get out of restaurant work and get his nursing li-cense. He would then devote a part his life to help-ing them take care of her.

Terri’s parents let him live with them and helped him with his education costs. During this time, he heard of a doctor in California that had supposedly developed a technique where he plant-ed electrodes in the brain that could sometimes help someone in her condition. It did not help her but it later prevented them from running tests to determine brain activity and damage. It was very convenient. In addition, his restaurant boss was a lawyer and assisted him in finding lawyers to sue her doctors. It was not easy, but they were finally successful. Test juries refused to accept the argu-ment that the doctors were completely responsible, but did finally accept co responsibility.

They used this approach. He finally got a settle-ment of over a million dollars but a major part of it was for her care as long as she lived. A few days or perhaps weeks after winning the judgment, he changed his ever loving mind and concluded that she was in a vegetative state and she wouldn’t want to live in that condition. He could not do much be-cause she had no “Living Will. A few years later af-ter winning the settlement her husband remem-bered she had told him she did not want to live as a vegetable. His brother and his brother’s wife, about the same time, remembered that she had at his grandmother’s funeral, said that she would not want to be kept alive in a vegetative state. The judge believed them, no lie detector test.

By coincidence, his lawyer was a director of the hospice he chose for her. They threatened the staff with termination if they revealed any information to her family. Several of the ex-staff who had taken care of her said that frequently when he came to see her he would pick up her records and say “isn’t that bitch dead yet”, as he went to her room and locked the door behind him. He would be in the room about 30 minutes and sometimes when he left, she was turned toward the wall and crying sometimes in a state of shock. Was it an overdose of Insulin? One of the terminated nurses said she found an empty insulin bottle in the trash after he left. She suspected he had put it there. They chose to terminate her rather then check for fin-gerprints.

Why did he not want to divorce her? He said, that he knew she did not want to live-in that condi-tion, and he was concerned her parents would not honor her wishes. Or, was it because if he divorced her and let her parents take care of her they would have got the money awarded for her care? If she died, he got it. If she lived, she might sometime remember and reveal what had happened, especial-ly if her parents were caring for her! Was this per-haps why he refused to let them take care of her even after they agreed to let him keep the money?

Why was she confined to bed, and on a feed-ing tube? Her husband refused to allow her to have physical therapy, and tried to prevent the use of antibiotics for urinary tract infections. What was his reason? Because it would not help, so why waste the money? However, he was concerned, if she “got food or water by mouth she might choke to death. There are other interesting pieces of in-formation however let us look at what prompted all the legal and political activity. The judge re-fused to allow them to run reflex swallowing tests before her execution.

Two of the doctors the court picked said she was in a vegetative state, a third doctor who fol-lowed the procedure for such an evaluation closely and spent twice as much time as the other two doc-tors combined, said she wasn’t but was in a state of reduced consciousness. The staff at the hospice that were taking care of her were at risk of being fired if they testified but some of those who no longer worked there gave written testimony that

she was aware of what was happening and would frequently smile when they told her a joke. The judge took the word of the two doctors and or-dered her feeding tube removed. One of the doc-tors who said she was in a vegetative state took a balloon held it a couple of feet in front of her eyes, and told her to follow it with her eyes as he moved it. She did!!! Several dozen doctors who saw the video evidence concluded she was probably con-science and they offered to examine her free of charge. The local judge refused to reconsider his decision and they spent a great deal of effort trying to get her examined by other doctors before they executed her. He ordered the local police to pre-vent her examination. Why did the appellate courts not order her reexamined? The procedure is that appellate courts review the applicability of the law not the facts!!! The U. S Congress voted to give the Supreme Court the authority to order a review of the judge’s decision on facts. The Supreme Court refused to accept the authority, and they removed the feeding tube.

Why do I say she was executed? They not only removed the feeding tube but they refused to give her food or water by mouth!!! Some say she was on a feeding tube, as a convenience to those taking care of her (it took time to feed her) and perhaps for the long-term agenda of her husband. A picture of her when her parents were taking care of her at home showed no feeding tube. This was before her husband won a lawsuit that specifically included money for her care. It took her 13 days to die from dehydration. Her husband’s attorney said even if she was conscience, she was not suffering. “People in this condition go into a euphoric state”. Has he found a humane way to execute murders??? Give them their last meal and let them enjoy a couple of euphoric weeks waiting to die.

After she was dead, they did perform an autop-sy to determine if she was in a “vegetative” state. The press noticed that her brain was much smaller than her skull and used it as evidence that she was not only in a vegetative state but also blind. The body is over 70% water and the brain is about 80% water. Bones do not dehydrate and shrink and if she was blind how did she follow the balloon with her eyes

Do you understand why I say it is hard to come to a logical decision if you have a biased media and get only the facts or “designer facts” that support their agenda???

Now let us look at what may have caused her condition and perhaps why they failed to find it. They were able to restart her heart and rushed her to the hospital, the police did not examine the body. A year after the incident those giving her physical therapy thought she was showing signs of pain and sent her to be x-rayed they found white lines which indicated about a year previously she had a vertebrae, a thigh and both ankles fractured, not broken. If it had been much over a year to 18 months, the doctor said the lines would have disap-peared. In addition, the doctor who examined her when she went into the hospital later told her fami-lies’ attorney when she asked, if he had noticed an-ything unusual when he examined her. He said yes, her neck was very stiff. She asked if he had ever seen the symptoms before. He said yes, a woman whose husband had choked her.

Terri’s husband was very controlling; she told her friends he would check the mileage on her car and make her explain where she had gone. One of her friends said she told her she was considering a divorce. The evening before she developed her condition she had gone to church with her parents and had said she wanted to get home before he got off work, because they had been fighting over her getting her hair fixed. Her parents said her husband called them and they told him to call the EMTS and they then called their son. Her brother and the EMTS said she was in front of the bathroom exit




face down. Terri’s brother, who arrived before the EMTS, said that when he arrived her husband was very nervous and pacing the floor. Her husband was over a foot taller and twice her weight. Using this information we will develop a hypothesis to explain what may have happened.

The argument resumed after he got home. It turned into a fight. She was leaving the bathroom. He put his hands on her shoulders from behind, or grabbed her by the neck, and forced her to the floor or they tripped and fell. He was pushing down on her shoulders, which prevented her from moving her feet and resulted in fracturing her ankles, as they fell. When they hit the floor, one of his knees came down on her thigh and the other on her spine causing those fractures. His large hands, gripping her neck from behind cut off the blood to her brain, and soon stopped her heart. His weight on her back kept her from screaming. He was very nervous because he realized it was his fault. Per-haps he would be willing to take a lie detector test to clear himself.

Terri’s husband refused to allow her parents to take her and care for her even after they agreed to allow him to keep the money awarded for her care. Some insisted, she didn’t always respond to her mother’s voice. Was this proof, she was in a vege-tative state???

What would be a possible political solution to such a problem? Convicted murderers before exe-cution; still have a right to appeal to the governor. Her parents did not have that opportunity. She had no jury trial the local judge was her absolute execu-tioner and refused to reconsider, the facts and au-thorities that did not support his decision nor would he let anyone else including doctors or the governor do it. Was the judge perhaps paid to make the “right” decision and didn’t dare let it be changed? For further information read “SILENT WITNESS” BY Mark Fuhrman and/or watch the video’s on the in-ternet.

In recent years we have had an example of a man awakening from a coma after about 20 years, and of one man being aware of what was happen-ing but because he couldn’t communicate until a special procedure was devised, was classified in a vegetative state for about 20 years

(31) MCCARTHYISM, WHAT IS IT? : What is the meaning of the term McCarthyism? Is it a LIB to-kenizing term? How many people have taken the time to research its history? What did Sherman Adams, Press Secretary for President Eisenhower mean when in a press interview, he bragged about setting up Senator McCarthy in the Army McCarthy hearings? In fact, he claimed setting up Senator McCarthy was the thing he was most proud of dur-ing his service!!! Perhaps this was an early example of what Saul Alinsky, later explained in his book “RULES FOR RADICALS”, “Isolate, neutralize, and destroy”!!!

Most people today are unaware that a major portion of the liberal left progressive (LIBS) desert-ed the Democrat party in 1952 and supported liber-al to moderate (very pro FDR) Eisenhower. Why did they change??? Was it because he promised to ap-point a left wing Republican, Earl Warren as Chief Justice of the Supreme Court? Was it because they realized that a Democrat would have a difficult time undermining McCarthy. In addition, if Senator Taft defeated Eisenhower in the primary, he had a good chance of winning the General Election. It would not be a moderate campaign and Taft might not have been so willing to undermine McCarthy. Ei-senhower strengthened his soft on Communism image (see Operation Keelhaul he either ordered it or covered for whoever did) by picking Nixon as vice president (perhaps for political reasons). This prevented Nixon who had helped expose Alger Hiss as a Communist secret agent, from helping to ex-

pose communisms infiltration of government at high levels. Taft was a conservative and was aware of the Communists infiltration of the Roosevelt Ad-ministration and the Truman Administration was having trouble protecting the Democrat Party from the anti-Communist backlash. The Nixon/McCarthy exposures were a major portion of that backlash!!!

Much of the liberal left progressives (LIBS) prob-lem was a result of what they thought was a politi-cal success. They had gotten a law passed that al-lowed people accused of being Communist to sue the accuser for libel. Since those accused of being Communist in public speeches, could sue their ac-cuser, and since McCarthy accused several dozen “liberal left progressive, (LIBS) of being communist when he didn’t have Congressional immunity, it cre-ated a real problem for the liberal left progressives (LIBS) and so called card carrying Communists. Since, he was liable if he called them a communist, he did not have to provide proof at the time he made the charges. The risk of liable provided the cover. They did not know what evidence he had. If they were Communists and when they sued, he proved they were, it gave credibility to all of his charges. People would suspect those who didn’t sue, of being Communists If others sued and they won their liable suit.

In the early 90’s because of the freedom of In-formation Act, they released the highly secret VE-RONA FILES. They were the intercepted and decod-ed cables sent from Moscow to subversive agent in the US State Dept. Jack and Robert Kenned were close associates of Joe McCarthy, and were perhaps aware of this information. They supported what McCarthy was doing and defended him. However, McCarthy could not reveal the source of much of his information. Perhaps that is why pro Marxist killed the Kennedys and Joe McCarthy had “liver failure”.

This problem also existed with LIBS and Com-munist testifying before Congressional committees, when ask, are you now or have you ever been a member of the Communist party. Who, if they lied, they could be prosecuted. Those who were not Communists but were interested in protecting the left wing of the Democrat Party from the anti-Communist backlash, had a dilemma. If they denied being Communist, they exposed those who were Communist, when they pleaded the 5th Amend-ment. The people who admitted having in the past supported a Communist front group were forgiven by the public but many of those, working in Holly-wood were later discriminated against by the Holly-wood leftist superstructure. It appeared Ronald Reagan and George Murphy were two. The super structure did hire many so-called 5th amendment Communists under an alias to prevent backlash, to their movies, by the public. This was uncovered years later. It explained why they “hadn’t worked”.

The LIBS prepared a list of 41 charges against Senator McCarthy, some significant and some petty. The liberal media made no effort to determine the validity of the charges but treated them as if they were all 100% valid. The committee that investigat-ed the charges eliminated 88% of them. All of the significant charges and the 12% remaining insignifi-cant egocentric charges could well apply to 25% of our elected representatives, including the commit-tee investigating him, especially the lawyers.

The one significant charge found against him was not even in that list of 41 charges, his ignoring a subpoena from the committee. Many who were familiar with the case were convinced this was a setup. Several weeks before, the committee inves-tigating him had advised him to stay available for their hearings. For several years, he had been going deer hunting with a group of friends. They would pack up into the mountains for several days. This was well known, yet 2 days after McCarthy left to pack up into the mountains, they served a subpoe-na at his home, for him to appear before the com-mittee. Did they suspect that he would go on the

hunting trip and that he would be unable to re-spond to the subpoena if he did??? Was it a set-up???

The mass media treated it as if he was convict-ed of all 41 charges and never considered his possi-ble setup, or who made up the 36 invalid charges and why. One charge they found against him relat-ed to his charge that there were those in the army who were soft on or tolerant of Communist influ-ences in the army. They partially based their charge, on his accusing a poor black cleaning wom-en, of being pro-Communist. There were three women in Washington D.C. with her name. What they did not point out was that only one received Communist literature at her address, and that she was cleaning lady in a high security, army code room.

Senator McCarthy later went into a government hospital, (Bethesda) with what some thought was a bad cold and came out a corpse. His enemies claimed it was liver failure due to alcoholism. Per-haps, but where is the evidence and how reliable was the source? It was the same hospital, where they held Truman’s “fired Secretary of Defense”. They did not allow him, back in his office, his diary seized, and Truman shipped him to Florida immedi-ately. Secretary of Defense, James Forrestal was then seized in Florida, at a friend’s house, flown back to D.C. and held for weeks without being al-lowed to talk to his brother or Priest.

He was supposedly “suicidal”. When his broth-er threatened to make a media issue out of it, they agreed to allow him out in a few days if he didn’t. He was held on the 16th floor with a guard at the door, who checked on him every 10 minutes. The night before he was to be released he “woke up”, tied his bathrobe sash tightly around his neck so he wouldn’t wake others by screaming on the way down, and jumped out the unprotected bathroom window. The coroner diagnosed it a suicide, over the phone. Those associated with taking care of him, were quickly transferred around the world. Some thought certain body injuries indicated foul play (Investigation sealed until 2004)!!!

If you would like more information on McCar-thy read “TREASON” by Ann Coulter or the several decades old book “MCCARTHY AND HIS ENEMIES” by Bill Buckley and Bret Bozell.

(32) CIA, VALERIE PLAME AND HER HUSBAND JOE WILSON EXPOSE: Who illegally blew her CIA cover, which made Valerie Plame’s life at risk? The truth is nobody. Congress had passed a law several years earlier making it a crime to knowingly risk an undercover agents life by exposing them, This oc-curred after a LIB had disclosed the names of sever-al undercover agents working behind the Iron Cur-tain, and got some executed. There was no law against it, and he went free. Valerie was not at the time working as an undercover agent and her life was not at risk.

If anybody risked exposing her, it was her hus-band when he chose to make a public attack on the Bush administration, and bring attention to himself and her. The supposed crime was the same as Pres-ident Clinton’s crime. Supposedly, Leidy lied under oat concerning the fact that he had told someone that she worked for the CIA and she had been influ-ential in getting her husband (Joseph Wilson) sent to Niger. All of this was true. His crime, he denied under oath telling the truth. Clinton denied having sex! DNA and semen on Monica’s dress trapped him!

Clinton lost the civil suit but he didn’t have to go to jail for lying under oath because, even though the house impeached him, over 1/3 of the Senate refused to convict him for his lying under oath.

(33) THE REAL VIETNAM WAR: JFK escalated advisors into South Vietnam to help stop the Com-munist takeover. LBJ escalated it into a war with over ½ million men. However, he treated North




19 Volume 3 Issue 5 November 2, 2010 HISTORIC NEVADA ELECTION Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal

IN CONGRESS, July 4, 1776.

The unanimous Declaration of the thirteen united States of America,

When in the Course of human events, it becomes neces-sary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of man-kind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation. We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.--That to se-cure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, --That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Gov-ernment, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Pru-dence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long estab-lished should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under ab-solute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.--Such has been the patient suf-ferance of these Colonies; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former Systems of Government. The history of the present King of Great Britain is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an abso-lute Tyranny over these States. To prove this, let Facts be submitted to a candid world.

He has refused his Assent to Laws, the most wholesome and necessary for the public good. He has forbidden his Governors to pass Laws of immediate and pressing im-portance, unless suspended in their oper-ation till his Assent should be obtained; and when so suspended, he has utterly neglected to attend to them. He has refused to pass other Laws for the accommodation of large districts of peo-ple, unless those people would relinquish the right of Representation in the Legisla-ture, a right inestimable to them and for-midable to tyrants only. He has called together legislative bodies at places unusual, uncomfortable, and distant from the depository of their public Records, for the sole purpose of fatiguing them into compliance with his measures. He has dissolved Representative Houses repeatedly, for opposing with manly firm-ness his invasions on the rights of the people. He has refused for a long time, after such dissolutions, to cause others to be elect-ed; whereby the Legislative powers, inca-pable of Annihilation, have returned to the People at large for their exercise; the State remaining in the mean time exposed to all the dangers of invasion from with-out, and convulsions within. He has endeavored to prevent the popu-lation of these States; for that purpose obstructing the Laws for Naturalization of Foreigners; refusing to pass others to en-courage their migrations hither, and rais-ing the conditions of new Appropriations of Lands.

He has obstructed the Administration of Justice, by refusing his Assent to Laws for establishing Judiciary powers. He has made Judges dependent on his Will alone, for the tenure of their offices, and the amount and payment of their salaries. He has erected a multitude of New Offic-es, and sent hither swarms of Officers to harass our people, and eat out their sub-stance. He has kept among us, in times of peace, Standing Armies without the Consent of our legislatures. He has affected to render the Military independent of and superior to the Civil power. He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitu-tion, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his Assent to their Acts of pretend-ed Legislation: For Quartering large bodies of armed troops among us: For protecting them, by a mock Trial, from punishment for any Murders which they should commit on the Inhabitants of the-se States: For cutting off our Trade with all parts of the world: For imposing Taxes on us without our Consent: For depriving us in many cases, of the benefits of Trial by Jury: For transporting us beyond Seas to be tried for pretended offences For abolishing the free System of English Laws in a neighboring Province, establish-ing therein an Arbitrary government, and enlarging its Boundaries so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the same absolute rule into these Colonies: For taking away our Charters, abolishing our most valuable Laws, and altering fun-damentally the Forms of our Govern-ments: For suspending our own Legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever. He has abdicated Government here, by declaring us out of his Protection and waging War against us. He has plundered our seas, ravaged our Coasts, burnt our towns, and destroyed the lives of our people. He is at this time transporting large Ar-mies of foreign Mercenaries to compleat the works of death, desolation and tyran-ny, already begun with circumstances of Cruelty & perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unwor-thy the Head of a civilized nation. He has constrained our fellow Citizens taken Captive on the high Seas to bear Arms against their Country, to become the executioners of their friends and Brethren, or to fall themselves by their Hands. He has excited domestic insurrections amongst us, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers, the merciless Indian Savages, whose known rule of warfare, is an undistinguished de-struction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

In every stage of these Oppressions We have Petitioned for Redress in the most humble terms: Our repeated Petitions have been answered only by repeated injury. A Prince whose character is thus marked by every act which may define a Tyrant, is unfit to be the ruler of a

free people. Nor have We been wanting in attentions to our British brethren. We have warned them from time to time of attempts by their legislature to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the cir-cumstances of our emigration and settlement here. We have appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these usurpations, which, would inevi-tably interrupt our connections and correspondence. They too have been deaf to the voice of justice and of consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce in the ne-cessity, which denounces our Separation, and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, Enemies in War, in Peace Friends. We, therefore, the Representatives of the united States of America, in General Congress, Assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, That these United Colonies are, and of Right ought to be Free and Independent States; that they are Absolved from all Allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State of Great Britain, is and ought to be totally dissolved; and that as Free and Independent States, they have full Power to levy War, conclude Peace, contract Alliances, establish Commerce, and to do all other Acts and Things which Independent States may of right do. And for the support of this Decla-

ration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor. The 56 signatures on the Decla-ration appear in the positions indicated:

(Column 1) Georgia: Button Gwinnett Lyman Hall George Walton (Column 2) North Carolina: William Hooper Joseph Hewes John Penn South Carolina: Edward Rutledge Thomas Heyward Jr. Thomas Lynch, Jr. Arthur Middleton (Column 3) Massachusetts: John Hancock Maryland: Samuel Chase William Paca Thomas Stone Charles Carroll of Carroll-ton Virginia: George Wythe Richard Henry Lee Thomas Jefferson Benjamin Harrison Thomas Nelson, Jr. Francis Lightfoot Lee Carter Braxton (Column 4) Pennsylvania:

Robert Morris Benjamin Rush Benjamin Franklin John Morton George Clymer James Smith George Taylor James Wilson George Ross Delaware: Caesar Rodney George Read Thomas McKean (Column 5) New York: William Floyd Philip Livingston Francis Lewis Lewis Morris New Jersey: Richard Stockton John Witherspoon Francis Hopkinson John Hart Abraham Clark (Column 6) New Hampshire: Josiah Bartlett William Whipple Massachusetts: Samuel Adams John Adams Robert Treat Paine Elbridge Gerry Rhode Island: Stephen Hopkins William Ellery Connecticut: Roger Sherman Samuel Huntington William Williams Oliver Wolcott New Hampshire: Matthew Thornton

The Declaration of Independence

Freedom’s Foundations: The Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal proudly presents the entire

text of the Founding Documents of The United States of America

20 Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal 2010 HISTORIC NEVADA ELECTION Volume 3 Issue 5

We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Un-ion, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Wel-fare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posteri-ty, do ordain and establish this Con-stitution for the United States of America.

Article. I.

Section. 1.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representa-tives.

Section. 2.

The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members chosen every second Year by the People of the several States, and the Electors in each State shall have the Qualifica-tions requisite for Electors of the most numerous Branch of the State Legislature.

No Person shall be a Representative who shall not have attained to the Age of twenty five Years, and been seven Years a Citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an Inhabitant of that State in which he shall be chosen.

Representatives and direct Taxes shall be apportioned among the sev-eral States which may be included within this Union, according to their respective Numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the whole Number of free Persons, including those bound to Service for a Term of Years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three fifths of all other Per-sons. The actual Enumeration shall be made within three Years after the first Meeting of the Congress of the United States, and within every sub-sequent Term of ten Years, in such Manner as they shall by Law direct. The Number of Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thou-sand, but each State shall have at Least one Representative; and until such enumeration shall be made, the State of New Hampshire shall be entitled to chuse three, Massachu-setts eight, Rhode-Island and Provi-dence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New-York six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and Georgia three.

When vacancies happen in the Rep-resentation from any State, the Exec-utive Authority thereof shall issue Writs of Election to fill such Vacan-cies.

The House of Representatives shall chuse their Speaker and other Offic-ers; and shall have the sole Power of Impeachment.

Section. 3.

The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legislature thereof for six Years; and each Sena-tor shall have one Vote.

Immediately after they shall be as-sembled in Consequence of the first Election, they shall be divided as equally as may be into three Classes. The Seats of the Senators of the first

Class shall be vacated at the Expira-tion of the second Year, of the se-cond Class at the Expiration of the fourth Year, and of the third Class at the Expiration of the sixth Year, so that one third may be chosen every second Year; and if Vacancies happen by Resignation, or otherwise, during the Recess of the Legislature of any State, the Executive thereof may make temporary Appointments until the next Meeting of the Legislature, which shall then fill such Vacancies.

No Person shall be a Senator who shall not have attained to the Age of thirty Years, and been nine Years a Citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an Inhab-itant of that State for which he shall be chosen.

The Vice President of the United States shall be President of the Sen-ate, but shall have no Vote, unless they be equally divided.

The Senate shall chuse their other Officers, and also a President pro tempore, in the Absence of the Vice President, or when he shall exercise the Office of President of the United States.

The Senate shall have the sole Power to try all Impeachments. When sit-ting for that Purpose, they shall be on Oath or Affirmation. When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice shall preside: And no Person shall be convicted without the Concurrence of two thirds of the Members present.

Judgment in Cases of Impeachment shall not extend further than to re-moval from Office, and disqualifica-tion to hold and enjoy any Office of honor, Trust or Profit under the Unit-ed States: but the Party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and sub-ject to Indictment, Trial, Judgment and Punishment, according to Law.

Section. 4.

The Times, Places and Manner of holding Elections for Senators and Representatives, shall be prescribed in each State by the Legislature thereof; but the Congress may at any time by Law make or alter such Regu-lations, except as to the Places of chusing Senators.

The Congress shall assemble at least once in every Year, and such Meeting shall be on the first Monday in De-cember, unless they shall by Law appoint a different Day.

Section. 5.

Each House shall be the Judge of the Elections, Returns and Qualifications of its own Members, and a Majority of each shall constitute a Quorum to do Business; but a smaller Number may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the Attendance of absent Members, in such Manner, and under such Penal-ties as each House may provide.

Each House may determine the Rules of its Proceedings, punish its Mem-bers for disorderly Behaviour, and, with the Concurrence of two thirds, expel a Member.

Each House shall keep a Journal of its Proceedings, and from time to time publish the same, excepting such Parts as may in their Judgment re-quire Secrecy; and the Yeas and Nays of the Members of either House on any question shall, at the Desire of

one fifth of those Present, be en-tered on the Journal.

Neither House, during the Session of Congress, shall, without the Consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other Place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.

Section. 6.

The Senators and Representatives shall receive a Compensation for their Services, to be ascertained by Law, and paid out of the Treasury of the United States. They shall in all Cases, except Treason, Felony and Breach of the Peace, be privileged from Arrest during their Attendance at the Session of their respective Houses, and in going to and returning from the same; and for any Speech or Debate in either House, they shall not be questioned in any other Place.

No Senator or Representative shall, during the Time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil Office under the Authority of the United States, which shall have been created, or the Emoluments whereof shall have been encreased during such time; and no Person holding any Office under the United States, shall be a Member of either House during his Continuance in Office.

Section. 7.

All Bills for raising Revenue shall orig-inate in the House of Representa-tives; but the Senate may propose or concur with Amendments as on oth-er Bills.

Every Bill which shall have passed the House of Representatives and the Senate, shall, before it become a Law, be presented to the President of the United States: If he approve he shall sign it, but if not he shall return it, with his Objections to that House in which it shall have originated, who shall enter the Objections at large on their Journal, and proceed to recon-sider it. If after such Reconsideration two thirds of that House shall agree to pass the Bill, it shall be sent, to-gether with the Objections, to the other House, by which it shall like-wise be reconsidered, and if ap-proved by two thirds of that House, it shall become a Law. But in all such Cases the Votes of both Houses shall be determined by yeas and Nays, and the Names of the Persons voting for and against the Bill shall be entered on the Journal of each House respec-tively. If any Bill shall not be returned by the President within ten Days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the Same shall be a Law, in like Manner as if he had signed it, unless the Congress by their Adjournment prevent its Re-turn, in which Case it shall not be a Law.

Every Order, Resolution, or Vote to which the Concurrence of the Senate and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a question of Adjournment) shall be presented to the President of the United States; and before the Same shall take Ef-fect, shall be approved by him, or being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two thirds of the Senate and House of Representatives, ac-cording to the Rules and Limitations prescribed in the Case of a Bill.

Section. 8.

The Congress shall have Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general Welfare of the United States; but all Duties, Imposts and Excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;

To borrow Money on the credit of the United States;

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

To establish an uniform Rule of Natu-ralization, and uniform Laws on the subject of Bankruptcies throughout the United States;

To coin Money, regulate the Value thereof, and of foreign Coin, and fix the Standard of Weights and Measures;

To provide for the Punishment of counterfeiting the Securities and current Coin of the United States;

To establish Post Offices and post Roads;

To promote the Progress of Science and useful Arts, by securing for lim-ited Times to Authors and Inventors the exclusive Right to their respective Writings and Discoveries;

To constitute Tribunals inferior to the supreme Court;

To define and punish Piracies and Felonies committed on the high Seas, and Offences against the Law of Na-tions;

To declare War, grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal, and make Rules concerning Captures on Land and Water;

To raise and support Armies, but no Appropriation of Money to that Use shall be for a longer Term than two Years;

To provide and maintain a Navy;

To make Rules for the Government and Regulation of the land and naval Forces;

To provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions;

To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia, and for governing such Part of them as may be employed in the Service of the United States, reserving to the States respectively, the Appointment of the Officers, and the Authority of training the Militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress;

To exercise exclusive Legislation in all Cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten Miles square) as may, by Cession of particular States, and the Acceptance of Congress, become the Seat of the Government of the United States, and to exercise like Authority over all Places pur-chased by the Consent of the Legisla-ture of the State in which the Same shall be, for the Erection of Forts, Magazines, Arsenals, dock-Yards, and other needful Buildings;--And

To make all Laws which shall be nec-essary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Con-stitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.

Section. 9.

The Migration or Importation of such

Persons as any of the States now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not be prohibited by the Con-gress prior to the Year one thousand eight hundred and eight, but a Tax or duty may be imposed on such Impor-tation, not exceeding ten dollars for each Person.

The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, un-less when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may re-quire it.

No Bill of Attainder or ex post facto Law shall be passed.

No Capitation, or other direct, Tax shall be laid, unless in Proportion to the Census or enumeration herein before directed to be taken.

No Tax or Duty shall be laid on Arti-cles exported from any State.

No Preference shall be given by any Regulation of Commerce or Revenue to the Ports of one State over those of another; nor shall Vessels bound to, or from, one State, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay Duties in another.

No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law; and a regular Statement and Account of the Receipts and Expenditures of all public Money shall be published from time to time.

No Title of Nobility shall be granted by the United States: And no Person holding any Office of Profit or Trust under them, shall, without the Con-sent of the Congress, accept of any present, Emolument, Office, or Title, of any kind whatever, from any King, Prince, or foreign State.

Section. 10.

No State shall enter into any Treaty, Alliance, or Confederation; grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal; coin Money; emit Bills of Credit; make any Thing but gold and silver Coin a Ten-der in Payment of Debts; pass any Bill of Attainder, ex post facto Law, or Law impairing the Obligation of Con-tracts, or grant any Title of Nobility.

No State shall, without the Consent of the Congress, lay any Imposts or Duties on Imports or Exports, except what may be absolutely necessary for executing it's inspection Laws: and the net Produce of all Duties and Imposts, laid by any State on Imports or Exports, shall be for the Use of the Treasury of the United States; and all such Laws shall be subject to the Revision and Controul of the Con-gress.

No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, lay any Duty of Tonnage, keep Troops, or Ships of War in time of Peace, enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State, or with a foreign Power, or engage in War, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay.

Article. II.

Section. 1.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elect-ed, as follows:

Each State shall appoint, in such

The Constitution for the United States

Freedom’s Foundations:

The Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal proudly presents the entire


21 Volume 3 Issue 5 2 November, 2010 HISTORIC NEVADA ELECTION Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal

Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Sena-tors and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Con-gress: but no Senator or Representa-tive, or Person holding an Office of Trust or Profit under the United States, shall be appointed an Elector.

The Electors shall meet in their re-spective States, and vote by Ballot for two Persons, of whom one at least shall not be an Inhabitant of the same State with themselves. And they shall make a List of all the Per-sons voted for, and of the Number of Votes for each; which List they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the Seat of the Government of the United States, directed to the Presi-dent of the Senate. The President of the Senate shall, in the Presence of the Senate and House of Representa-tives, open all the Certificates, and the Votes shall then be counted. The Person having the greatest Number of Votes shall be the President, if such Number be a Majority of the whole Number of Electors appointed; and if there be more than one who have such Majority, and have an equal Number of Votes, then the House of Representatives shall im-mediately chuse by Ballot one of them for President; and if no Person have a Majority, then from the five highest on the List the said House shall in like Manner chuse the Presi-dent. But in chusing the President, the Votes shall be taken by States, the Representation from each State having one Vote; A quorum for this purpose shall consist of a Member or Members from two thirds of the States, and a Majority of all the States shall be necessary to a Choice. In every Case, after the Choice of the President, the Person having the greatest Number of Votes of the Electors shall be the Vice President. But if there should remain two or more who have equal Votes, the Senate shall chuse from them by Ballot the Vice President.

The Congress may determine the Time of chusing the Electors, and the Day on which they shall give their Votes; which Day shall be the same throughout the United States.

No Person except a natural born Citizen, or a Citizen of the United States, at the time of the Adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the Office of President; neither shall any Person be eligible to that Office who shall not have attained to the Age of thirty five Years, and been fourteen Years a Resident within the United States.

In Case of the Removal of the Presi-dent from Office, or of his Death, Resignation, or Inability to discharge the Powers and Duties of the said Office, the Same shall devolve on the Vice President, and the Congress may by Law provide for the Case of Re-moval, Death, Resignation or Inabil-

ity, both of the President and Vice President, declaring what Officer shall then act as President, and such Officer shall act accordingly, until the Disability be removed, or a President shall be elected.

The President shall, at stated Times, receive for his Services, a Compensa-tion, which shall neither be increased nor diminished during the Period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive within that Period any other Emolument from the United States, or any of them.

Before he enter on the Execution of his Office, he shall take the following Oath or Affirmation:--"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the Unit-ed States."

Section. 2.

The President shall be Commander in Chief of the Army and Navy of the United States, and of the Militia of the several States, when called into the actual Service of the United States; he may require the Opinion, in writing, of the principal Officer in each of the executive Departments, upon any Subject relating to the Du-ties of their respective Offices, and he shall have Power to grant Re-prieves and Pardons for Offences against the United States, except in Cases of Impeachment.

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court, and all other Officers of the United States, whose Appointments are not herein other-wise provided for, and which shall be established by Law: but the Congress may by Law vest the Appointment of such inferior Officers, as they think proper, in the President alone, in the Courts of Law, or in the Heads of Departments.

The President shall have Power to fill up all Vacancies that may happen during the Recess of the Senate, by granting Commissions which shall expire at the End of their next Ses-sion.

Section. 3.

He shall from time to time give to the Congress Information of the State of the Union, and recommend to their Consideration such Measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he may, on extraordinary Occasions, convene both Houses, or either of them, and in Case of Disagreement between them, with Respect to the Time of Adjournment, he may ad-journ them to such Time as he shall think proper; he shall receive Ambas-sadors and other public Ministers; he

shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed, and shall Com-mission all the Officers of the United States.

Section. 4.

The President, Vice President and all civil Officers of the United States, shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors.

Article III.

Section. 1.

The judicial Power of the United States shall be vested in one su-preme Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish. The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offic-es during good Behaviour, and shall, at stated Times, receive for their Services a Compensation, which shall not be diminished during their Con-tinuance in Office.

Section. 2.

The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity, arising un-der this Constitution, the Laws of the United States, and Treaties made, or which shall be made, under their Authority;--to all Cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls;--to all Cases of admiral-ty and maritime Jurisdiction;--to Con-troversies to which the United States shall be a Party;--to Controversies between two or more States;-- be-tween a State and Citizens of another State,--between Citizens of different States,--between Citizens of the same State claiming Lands under Grants of different States, and be-tween a State, or the Citizens there-of, and foreign States, Citizens or Subjects.

In all Cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, and those in which a State shall be Party, the supreme Court shall have original Jurisdiction. In all the other Cases before mentioned, the su-preme Court shall have appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact, with such Exceptions, and under such Regulations as the Congress shall make.

The Trial of all Crimes, except in Cas-es of Impeachment, shall be by Jury; and such Trial shall be held in the State where the said Crimes shall have been committed; but when not committed within any State, the Trial shall be at such Place or Places as the Congress may by Law have directed.

Section. 3.

Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying War against them, or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them Aid and Com-fort. No Person shall be convicted of Treason unless on the Testimony of two Witnesses to the same overt Act, or on Confession in open Court.

The Congress shall have Power to declare the Punishment of Treason, but no Attainder of Treason shall work Corruption of Blood, or Forfei-ture except during the Life of the Person attainted.

Article. IV.

Section. 1.

Full Faith and Credit shall be given in each State to the public Acts, Rec-ords, and judicial Proceedings of every other State. And the Congress may by general Laws prescribe the Manner in which such Acts, Records and Proceedings shall be proved, and the Effect thereof.

Section. 2.

The Citizens of each State shall be entitled to all Privileges and Immuni-ties of Citizens in the several States.

A Person charged in any State with Treason, Felony, or other Crime, who shall flee from Justice, and be found in another State, shall on Demand of the executive Authority of the State from which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the State having Jurisdiction of the Crime.

No Person held to Service or Labour in one State, under the Laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in Con-sequence of any Law or Regulation therein, be discharged from such Service or Labour, but shall be deliv-ered up on Claim of the Party to whom such Service or Labour may be due.

Section. 3.

New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the Jurisdiction of any other State; nor any State be formed by the Junction of two or more States, or Parts of States, without the Consent of the Legislatures of the States con-cerned as well as of the Congress.

The Congress shall have Power to dispose of and make all needful Rules and Regulations respecting the Terri-tory or other Property belonging to the United States; and nothing in this Constitution shall be so construed as to Prejudice any Claims of the United States, or of any particular State.

Section. 4.

The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republi-can Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Inva-sion; and on Application of the Legis-lature, or of the Executive (when the Legislature cannot be convened), against domestic Violence.

Article. V.

The Congress, whenever two thirds of both Houses shall deem it neces-sary, shall propose Amendments to this Constitution, or, on the Applica-tion of the Legislatures of two thirds of the several States, shall call a Con-vention for proposing Amendments,

which, in either Case, shall be valid to all Intents and Purposes, as Part of this Constitution, when ratified by the Legislatures of three fourths of the several States, or by Conventions in three fourths thereof, as the one or the other Mode of Ratification may be proposed by the Congress; Provided that no Amendment which may be made prior to the Year One thousand eight hundred and eight shall in any Manner affect the first and fourth Clauses in the Ninth Sec-tion of the first Article; and that no State, without its Consent, shall be deprived of its equal Suffrage in the Senate.

Article. VI.

All Debts contracted and Engage-ments entered into, before the Adoption of this Constitution, shall be as valid against the United States under this Constitution, as under the Confederation.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwith-standing.

The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution; but no religious Test shall ever be required as a Qualifica-tion to any Office or public Trust under the United States.

Article. VII.

The Ratification of the Conventions of nine States, shall be sufficient for the Establishment of this Constitu-tion between the States so ratifying the Same.

The Word, "the," being interlined between the seventh and eighth Lines of the first Page, the Word "Thirty" being partly written on an Erazure in the fifteenth Line of the first Page, The Words "is tried" being interlined between the thirty second and thirty third Lines of the first Page and the Word "the" being interlined between the forty third and forty fourth Lines of the second Page.

Attest William Jackson Secretary

Done in Convention by the Unani-mous Consent of the States present the Seventeenth Day of September in the Year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and Eighty seven and of the Independence of the United States of America the Twelfth In wit-ness whereof We have hereunto subscribed our Names,

Samuel Adams was one of the organizers of the original “Tea Party.” He was actively involved in promoting ideals of Freedom and Independence through the establishment of an American Nation, perhaps earlier than any of the other Founders. Patrick Henry, considered by his compatriots to be the greatest among them all, challenged the King’s authority to sign or authorize arbitrary tax laws in the “Parsons Case” as early as 1765. Thomas Jefferson, Ambassador to France during the Constitutional Convention, penned the immortal words of The Declaration of Independence. Benjamin Franklin was the Elder Statesman of the Founding Fathers. For a long time, the Constitutional Con-vention was stalled. Progress seemed impossible. Ben Franklin remarked that such a great undertaking could not succeed without the blessings of God. Momentum gathered when meetings opened with heartfelt prayer. George Washington was orphaned at the age of 12, a surveyor at 16, and co-commander of the Virginia Militia at the tender age of 19. Washington served without pay as Commander of the Revolutionary Army, and voluntarily surrendered the Office of President after two terms, establishing the historic precedent that went unchallenged until Franklin Roosevelt in 1940. All these men pledged their lives, their fortunes, and their sacred honor, that they and we, might

The Preamble to

The Bill of Rights

Congress of the United States

begun and held at the City of New-

York, on

Wednesday the fourth of March,

one thousand seven hundred and

eighty nine.

THE Conventions of a number of

the States, having at the time of

their adopting the Constitution,

expressed a desire, in order to

prevent misconstruction or abuse

of its powers, that further declara-

tory and restrictive clauses should

be added: And as extending the

ground of public confidence in the

Government, will best ensure the

beneficent ends of its institution.

RESOLVED by the Senate and

House of Representatives of the

United States of America, in Con-

gress assembled, two thirds of

both Houses concurring, that the

following Articles be proposed to

the Legislatures of the several

States, as amendments to the

Constitution of the United States,

all, or any of which Articles, when

ratified by three fourths of the

said Legislatures, to be valid to all

intents and purposes, as part of

the said Constitution; viz.

ARTICLES in addition to, and

Amendment of the Constitution of

the United States of America, pro-

posed by Congress, and ratified by

the Legislatures of the several

States, pursuant to the fifth Article

of the original Constitution.

Note: The following text is a tran-

scription of the first ten amend-

ments to the Constitution in their

original form.

These amendments were ratified

December 15, 1791, and form

what is known as the "Bill of

Rights."

Amendment I

Congress shall make no law re-

specting an establishment of reli-

gion, or prohibiting the free exer-

cise thereof; or abridging the free-

dom of speech, or of the press; or

the right of the people peaceably

to assemble, and to petition the

Government for a redress of griev-

ances.

Amendment II

A well regulated Militia, being nec-

essary to the security of a free

State, the right of the people to

keep and bear Arms, shall not be

infringed.

Amendment III

No Soldier shall, in time of peace

be quartered in any house, with-

out the consent of the Owner, nor

in time of war, but in a manner to

be prescribed by law.

Amendment IV

The right of the people to be se-

cure in their persons, houses, pa-

pers, and effects, against unrea-

sonable searches and seizures,

shall not be violated, and no War-

rants shall issue, but upon proba-

ble cause, supported by Oath or

affirmation, and particularly de-

scribing the place to be searched,

and the persons or things to be

seized.

Amendment V

No person shall be held to answer

for a capital, or otherwise infa-

mous crime, unless on a present-

ment or indictment of a Grand

Jury, except in cases arising in the

land or naval forces, or in the Mili-

tia, when in actual service in time

of War or public danger; nor shall

any person be subject for the

same offence to be twice put in

jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall

be compelled in any criminal case

to be a witness against himself,

nor be deprived of life, liberty, or

property, without due process of

law; nor shall private property be

taken for public use, without just

compensation.

Amendment VI

In all criminal prosecutions, the

accused shall enjoy the right to a

speedy and public trial, by an im-

partial jury of the State and district

wherein the crime shall have been

committed, which district shall

have been previously ascertained

by law, and to be informed of the

nature and cause of the accusa-

tion; to be confronted with the

witnesses against him; to have

compulsory process for obtaining

witnesses in his favor, and to have

the Assistance of Counsel for his

defence.

Amendment VII

In Suits at common law, where the

value in controversy shall exceed

twenty dollars, the right of trial by

jury shall be preserved, and no

fact tried by a jury, shall be other-

wise re-examined in any Court of

the United States, than according

to the rules of the common law.

Amendment VIII

Excessive bail shall not be re-

quired, nor excessive fines im-

posed, nor cruel and unusual pun-

ishments inflicted.

Amendment IX

The enumeration in the Constitu-

tion, of certain rights, shall not be

construed to deny or disparage

others retained by the people.

Amendment X

The powers not delegated to the

United States by the Constitution,

nor prohibited by it to the States,

are reserved to the States respec-

tively, or to the people.

Note: The capitalization and punctua-

tion in this version is from the en-

rolled original of the Joint Resolution

of Congress proposing the Bill of

Rights, which is on permanent display

in the Rotunda of the National Ar-

chives Building, Washington, D.C.

22 Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal Historic Nevada Election 2 November, 2010 Volume 3 Issue 5

Foundations:

Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal proudly presents the entire


The Bill of Rights

Signers of the Constitution of The United States

Signed:

G°. Washington Presidt and deputy from Virginia

Delaware

Geo: Read Gunning Bedford jun

John Dickinson Richard Bassett

Jacob: Broom

Maryland James McHenry

Dan of St Thos. Jenifer Danl. Carroll

Virginia John Blair

James Madison Jr.

North Carolina

Wm. Blount Richd. Dobbs Spaight

Hu Williamson

South Carolina

J. Rutledge Charles Cotesworth Pinckney

Charles Pinckney Pierce Butler

Georgia William Few Abr Baldwin

New Hampshire

John Langdon Nicholas Gilman

Massachusetts

Nathaniel Gorham Rufus King

Connecticut

Wm. Saml. Johnson Roger Sherman

New York

Alexander Hamilton

New Jersey

Wil: Livingston David Brearley Wm. Paterson

Jona: Dayton

Pennsylvania

B Franklin Thomas Mifflin

Robt. Morris Geo. Clymer

Thos. FitzSimons Jared Ingersoll James Wilson Gouv Morris

Vietnam as a sanctuary and their infrastructure was not bombed. Nixon, somewhat secretly, started bombing the supply lines and depots in Laos and Cambodia on the Ho Chi-minh Trail in 1970. Nixon removed the North Vietnam sanctuary status, and started bombing their infrastructure, when they refused to concede on issues at the “Paris Peace Accords”. This resulted in their agreeing to stop trying to invade South Vietnam. Congress had passed a Vietnamization policy under Johnson, in which Congress took control of war funding and clamed, they were turning the fighting over to the South Vietnamese, but with our help in training and supplies.

North Vietnam reinvaded South Vietnam. The Vietnamization law the Democrats, had passed giv-ing them control of financing in the Vietnam War, let them stop the money to supply South Vietnam with help (ammunition and repairs for their U. S. made equipment), as well as, fuel and air support. North Vietnam continued to get Soviet Union and Communist Chinese help and they won!!!

About a million South Vietnamese died and the Communist slaughtered millions more Cambodians and Laotians, over the next few years. Not because we would not risk our men’s lives to fight for them, (we had less than 13,000 solders still in Vietnam) but because we did not assist them with repairs, ammunition, fuel and air support. The Soviet Un-ion and Communist China continued to supply North Vietnam.

This was after Nixon had gotten their agree-ment to leave South Vietnam alone. Nixon/Ford “tried to help them”, but a Democrat Congress cut off the money. Perhaps Nixon wanted this. He did several things I thought was wrong including his price freeze, his saying he was accepting Keynesian-ism and his bribing China with 100,000 oz. of gold to get to visit them, and his appointment of Earl War-ren as Supreme Court Chief Justice. However, I give Nixon/Ford credit for claiming to want to help South Vietnam by resuming bombing of the invad-ing armies and the North Vietnam infrastructure, and asking for some money and fuel to help them. Democrats in Congress said no!!!

“A POLITICALLY INCORRECT GUIDE TO THE VI-ETNAM WAR” by Phillip Jennings, published Feb. 2010, is an excellent way to get a bird eye view of how North Vietnam lost the war but the LIBS in the United States saved it for them. Their losses (body count), in the war were 10 to 20 to one higher than ours were. This in spite of the handicaps, imposed on the military by the Johnson Administration and the LIBS in Congress.

The Congressional South Vietnam sellout is very similar to General George Catlet Marshal’s Chaing Kai-shek sellout at the end of WW ll. Marshall or-dered the armaments on the way to China at the end of WWII dumped into the ocean, and then pre-vented China from buying surplus supplies on the U. S. surplus market. Stalin acquired massive amounts of Japanese armaments in Manchuria for his 10 days of declared war on Japan. Russia gave these armaments to Communist, Mao Tse-tung. Liberal left progressives (LIBS) left in the Truman admin-istration and indirectly Truman, deserve as much or more credit, for the Communist success in China as the Chinese Communists!!!

In the 60’s I read a copy, supposedly a summary of a communiqué between Mao Tse-tung and Sta-lin. He was advocating getting the United States involved in a land war in Southeast Asia. At the time, Indochina was under the control of the French. Mao then recommended making it so ex-pensive in terms of manpower and material that the American public would demand a pullout and this would create the domino effect. Later Eisen-hower helped get the French out and the United States In charge of establishing order in South Vi-

etnam. Ho chi Min was to have the power to estab-lish control in North Vietnam. They were to reunite in1956, after holding elections. North Vietnams Communist purges and South Vietnams desire for freedom stopped them.

The domino effect would supposedly cause the leadership of countries throughout the world to start trying to make their piece with “inevitable Communism”, and they would start to topple like dominos.

Senator Bill Knowland supposedly entered this communiqué into the Congressional Record. He was publisher of the Oakland Tribune. He “committed suicide”, in the California wilderness by jumping into a river.

The strategy was not to take over Southeast Asia for Communism from the French, but to use the psychological effect of Communism driving the U S out of Southeast Asia (South Vietnam) on the rest of the world and the American public.

I recognize that if this is what happened it had been underway for about 10 years before I read the communiqué. However, I watched, for over 10 years, wondering if I was really seeing this overall strategy carried out with the cooperation of United States LIB politicians, media, and radical demonstra-tors. LIBS using a technique Communists and anti-Communist students call pressure from above and pressure from below. The LIB politicians and the media at the top use the agitation at the bottom to justify manipulating the public in the middle to ac-cept a major part of the radicals’ agenda, supposed-ly to eliminate conflict.

(34).VERIFIABLE, ENFORCEABLE, HONEST ELEC-TIONS: There are three problems to solve if we want elections to be honest. First, we must make sure that every vote is a legal vote by using photo ID and/or finger prints (preferably both), but no un-necessary restrictions. That is a part of why we should register a few weeks before elections and vote in a restricted precinct using secure identifica-tion (pictures and fingerprints). I see no problem with voter registration as well as concealed carry gun permits being issued, with the driver’s license and noted on it, for a small processing fee. Howev-er, they should not be allowed to vote for 45 days after they registered so their validity could be checked. With no finger print or photographs how can you know who they are? Are photographs and digital finger print files and verification a serious invasion of privacy? We could solve some far more serious problems, with reliable personal identifica-tion, reduce a lot of FEDERAL CONTROL and serious abuses of privacy.

Same day registration and voting allows import-ing several ACORN type workers and registering them in a single apartment in several state prima-ries as a part of an election-rigging scheme.

Third, that every voter be able to determine if they counted their vote the way they voted. Com-puter technology has made this possible. If every voter gets a hard copy of how they voted, which, has the same randomly generated twelve digit num-ber, both printed on their hard copy, and recorded with the vote they cast. Post this on the internet, showing how they counted every vote in every pre-cinct. This allows any voter to determine if they counted their ballot correctly. If not they can chal-lenge the count by taking their hard copy to the controller of voter records. If an error has occurred, then mail a list of the random numbers and the vot-ing records associated with each number, to every voter in the precinct. This would let everybody in the precinct double-check how they counted his or her votes. If a list of the names and addresses of every person who voted in that precinct is included, they can also see if anybody voted illegally from their address or a vacant lot. Use this vote verifica-tion number to correct for voting fraud. Make their fine 10 times greater if convicted of fraudulent vot-ing but failing to reveal their number. Properly de-

signed NCR carbon Hard copy ballots would also work.

Crooked voting, gives crooked, high mainte-nance politicians an advantage. Is it working?

(35) U.S. SENATE AND STATE SOVEREIGNT: Senators were originally indirect representatives selected and controlled by our state representa-tives. They thought this would provide a higher quality selection process and allow close monitoring of Senators, and their recall if necessary. This is the reason they allowed the Senate to approve treaties and Federal judges including the Supreme Court. They amended the Constitution in the early 1900’s, to permit direct election of Senators. I believe we should amend it again to allow us to get the bene-fits of both ways. Put a Senate candidate’s name on the ballot by their getting 1/3 plus of the signatures of our elected State Representatives on a petition. would mean there could never be more than two candidates. A simple majority could not ignore the concerns of a significant minority. In addition, a minority could not stop the will of the majority. I believe this competition would tend to improve the quality of both candidates submitted. We would elect the one that got the most votes. This would not only eliminate the cost of state wide pri-maries but would make every Senator aware that they are being monitored by two groups, the peo-ple and their state representatives, who could start a recall by 2/3 signing a recall petition.

This would not reduce the significance of peo-ple sovereignty but would do a lot for State sover-eignty. I believe it would improve both the quality of State and Federal governments and the control of both by the people.

(36) VOTERS AND ELECTORAL REDISTRICTING: Using the same, method proposed for the U.S. Sen-ate. Let the voters of each State, every 10 years, choose from two Electoral-redistricting maps. Let voters decide which is best. This might discourage some of the more ridiculous gerrymandering and would especially eliminate one party from hiding out of state to prevent a quorum as occurred in Texas. This would increase the democratic part of our system of democratic republics.

(37) OUR REPUBLICS AND FEDERAL APPELLATE COURTS: Change the number in the House of Rep-resentatives to 441 from 435. Let the boundaries for each Congressman’s and the corresponding Ap-pellate Court judge’s district be the same. Change the number of Appellate Courts from 11 to 21 with 21 judges in each court. Let each judge whose dis-trict is within a State be submitted to the voters of each Congressional (Appellate judge) District, by petition the same as the U.S. Senators. Let them serve 6-year terms with 1/3 elected every 2 years. Increasing the number of districts to reduces the workload back to earlier levels. Increasing the num-ber of judges in each court helps reduce the risk of maverick judges undermining the constitution and abusing citizens. It also makes judges more inter-ested in what people in their congressional district and the elected representatives in their State think about their votes and behavior.

The increased costs of 350 to 400 judges would be insignificant compared to the 1,900,000 Federal employees. The improvement in the sovereignty of the people and the states would be well worth it.

(38) UNITED STATES SUPREME COURT SHOULD BE BETTER:

Let any eight members of each Appellate court place on the ballots of all the districts represented by that court, the name of a Supreme Court Judge candidate with the majority of the voters picking one if there are two. This person would serve as Supreme Court Judge and presiding officer over the Appellate Court, with a tiebreaker vote. The voters should have the option of rejecting both and re-quire new submissions be made.




I would recommend that 11 Supreme Court Jus-tices elect the Chief Justice for a 6-year term but 14 could remove the Chief Justice for cause by signing a petition and listing the cause or causes.

We can obtain some insight into our court prob-lems by reading Mark Levine’s book “MEN IN BLACK” or Phyllis Schlafly’s book “The SUPREMA-CISTS: THE TYRANNY OF.JUDGES AND HOW TO STOP IT”

I belief the Federal Courts are structured upside down. We don’t need judges to protect the Federal Government from the people and the States. They need protection from the Federal Gov-ernment. Federal officials now determine who gets on the Federal courts, and it’s for life.

(39) TERM LIMIT GOOD AND BAD AS WELL AS LAME DUCK CONGRESS RUNAWAY: Term limits have a good and bad side. The bad side is you de-prive voters the option of reelecting a good tested and experienced representative. The good side is you break up; I scratch you back you scratch mine, cliques that develop because governments control massive amounts of money and power that have no relationship to earned profits or improved produc-tivity. These money/power relationships tend to become more devious, secretive and monetarily corrupt with time. Term limits helps break up these relationships. Allow a limit of 18 years (3 senate terms) maximum in either the House or Senate or both. The same term limits should also apply to Appellate and Supreme Court Judges.

Some people are concerned that those who are term limited would during their last term vote against the wishes of the people. If this started happening very often 2/3’s of a State’s legislature could call, a special recall election or the voters could consider this when they are voting for or against a potentially term limited candidate. They could stop voting for them one term short of the limit.

In the past, we have not thought much about lame duck Congresses but the Obama regime has brought it’s dangers to light. We need to amend the constitution so that the newly elected Congress can have six months to reverse all laws passed by a lame duck Congress without Presidential approval.

(40) REPUBLIC OR DEMOCRACY? The two con-cepts of government we consider and discuss in this country are democracies and republics. In a democ-racy, each voter assumes the responsibility of be-coming an expert on every issue and making a deci-sion or selling his vote directly. In a republic, they select a person they believe has integrity, character, capability and a philosophy consistent with their own. This person is supposed to use the authority and tools provided and take the time to seek ex-perts and analyze the issues, and in the case of the United States if necessary make decisions con-sistent with our State and/or Federal Constitutions depending on which level they are serving. Our constitutions are the peoples’ laws over govern-ment and Politicians! We hope they will serve our best interest, not who behind the scenes pays the best. That is why open and public knowledge of, who decides what and why, is important. We need to avoid closed-door meetings and secret deals that can conceal threats, bribes, and blackmail, things that seemed so prevalent with the Obama “Health Care” fiasco. This is not a game of chess. That is why, almost all our entire Congressmen’s discus-sions and votes, should be recorded, and available to everybody, and with no motions to record by a unanimous vote or voice votes. At one time, this expedited voting and recording of votes was time consuming. With current technology, it does not help expedite voting but does provide cover for some of their shenanigans. With radio controlled voting devices and fingerprint scanning, this could be done very efficiently in terms of time, cost and

accuracy. It is my belief, in designing government, at least ½ the effort should be to keep it non-malignant.

(41) COMPETITIVE REPUBLICANISM: What I call Competitive Republicanism is where our elected representatives submit their decision by petition to the voters by 1/3+ signing a petition. They do this in such a way as to submit only two choices to the voters. This keeps a simple majority from ignoring the wishes of a significant minority and prevents a significant minority from undermining a majority, as was the case for reapportionment in Texas. The Democrat minority attempted to hide out of state to prevent a quorum for a vote on a new electoral district reapportionment map. I think this proce-dure should apply to nominating Federal Appellate judges, Supreme Court Judges, State reapportion-ment maps, and the nominating of United States Senators. The State legislators originally selected U S Senators. That is why our Senate had exclusive treaty and Supreme Court approval authority. There are unusual amounts of long-term power in these areas. This would also help maximize Jeffer-son’s concept of Democratic Republicanism, which motivated him to organize the Democratic Republi-can party for the 1800 presidential election. Prior to this, there were no political parties. However, it was much different from the current Democrat par-ty. Today he would be more of a conservative Re-publican or libertarian Republican

Modern Democrats are proud of their Jeffer-son/Jackson day fund raising dinners. Neither Jef-ferson nor Jackson would have been compatible with the current Democrat party they were both anti big federal government anti nationalized banking such as the Federal Reserve Bank. Howev-er, both were slave owners. The Republican Party on the other hand was organized to stop the spread of slavery!!!

(42) THE POLITICS OF BOOGIEMAN SCI-ENC: Why is boogieman science so prevalent within the liberal left progressive (LIB) camp? Is there an agenda behind this “science”? Does it promote our deindustrialization and/or secular humanism?

A) Nuclear power: Nuclear power is very dangerous, could blowup and waste disposal is a difficult problem.

A bomb requires almost pure U235 and two very powerful and precise shaped charges, to shoot the two sub critical masses toward each other at high speed. A power plant requires a 3% concentra-tion. It is impossible to get a power plant to be a bomb accidently. Most of the waste radioactivity is Plutonium, which when separated is useful for gen-erating electricity. Highly radioactive materials have a very short half-life. Those with a very long half live have low radioactivity, a small problem. How long should it take the anti-nuclear activist and the mass media to figure this out???

B) Global warming is a “proven fact” and all scientists agree. If you eliminate politicians, gov-ernment school teachers, journalists, soft scientist such as psychiatrist, psychologist, social and politi-cal scientist and those who have government grants to prove global warming, and instead, ask logic based hard scientists such as physicist, chemist, mathematicians, and atmospheric physicist they find little if any evidence to support global warming and definitely it’s not a crises. 2ths degree C over the past 100 years and even that has been dropping over the past 10 years. We were warmer when Greenland, was covered with vines 800 years ago, and colder when New York was covered with Ice year around, 8,000 years ago. A little warming and increased CO2 would be good for food production.

Over the last several years, several people have been trying to use the Freedom of Information Act to get the original temperature data that the global warming proponents claim support their global warming hypotheses. They had been unsuc-cessful. Recently, however, a hacker or a whistle

blower has released to the internet 1000’s of emails from the leading global warming research center in England. The e-mails show that the insider scien-tists, supporting global warming, know there com-puter models are not accurate and they have been doctoring the data to get the conclusions they want whether for economic or political reasons.

Al Gore, the expert (especially in schools) on global warming and a large shareholder in several companies that will make $100’s of billions from “global warming.” Gore is unavailable to discuss the present status of the problem, and has never accepted a challenge to debate the issue. In the past, he has insisted the facts are settled, and all the important scientists agree, no need for debate (and risk exposure perhaps)!!!

C) Endangered Species: According to the liberal left progressives (LIBS) and their evolutionist hypothesis 99+% of all species that have ever exist-ed are extinct and those that are left are purely ac-cidental. Why should we destroy 100’s of millions of dollars of farm products to save a few minnows, or disrupt the border fence to save a few ground squirrels??? Is it bad law and stupid policy or world control? Let those suing put up a deposit to cover the cost of the delay and legal costs, if they lose.

D) Stem Cell Research: There were no laws to prevent privately financed embryonic stem cell research. The law prevents the Federal Govern-ment from forcing those to pay for it who think it wrong. If good, let those who develop it get rich. All the medical progress so far is with adult stem cells. There are umbilical cord stem cells. These cells are the equivalent of embryonic stem cells for research. Perhaps, they don’t want useful research; it is the political and psychological effect of execut-ing embryos. Is it a foot in the eugenics’ door? Is it a partial fulfillment of their desire to be the GODS of secular humanist government???

E) Abortion: The law does not determine when life begins. That is logic, science and for Christians the Bible. Life begins when a fertilized egg starts to develop, whether it is a plant, an animal or a hu-man. It was defined at that time. The law deter-mines, who, when and/or why someone can de-stroy human life without being accountable. When a baby is born before the abortionist can kill it in the womb, he sometimes chokes it to death or lets it lay in the trash and die. Obama as an Illinois State Senator supported this approach. Some people call abortions murder. Most are more correctly defined as executions since they are done with government approval and not to save the life of the mother, which could be considered self-defense. Self-defense lets people end the life of another at any age.

(43) RACISM, WHO PROMOTES IT AND WHY? : The objective is not to promote or exploit racism, but to expose those who use it as a divide and conquer political tool to advance a leftist politi-cal agenda. Today few people remember that the Civil and Voting rights laws of the 60’s would not have passed without Republican support. The ma-jority of Republicans voted for them.

The terrorist tactics of the KK were not the tac-tics of Christians, conservatives, libertarians or Lin-coln Republicans. The hanging or killing several thousand blacks to intimidate others was not right, and those who disagreed with it but failed to op-pose it were wrong. However, let us look at both sides.

Since 1940 there have been several times more white people killed by black people, then black peo-ple killed by white people since the Civil War. There have also been many times more blacks killed by blacks then by whites. The fact that more anti black racism has not occurred is a testament to the Chris-tian principles, so prevalent in the United States in the white community and in most cases the black




Christian community. TURN THE OTHER CHEEK” is still one of the most effective ways to minimize con-flict. Booker T. Washington was making it work and getting the help of a large majority of southern whites in Tuskegee before 1900. Many of us might have taken the path of the leftist NAACP of confron-tation. However, we are still experiencing the re-sults of a confrontational racial strategy.

Most people in America and probably, the world, think they understand racism in America, especially black racism. They read the current pro racism propaganda and assume that it is correct history. Just before the Civil War (1860), a thick book on the “History of Slavery”, was published. It was re-issued, in 1863, as an even thicker “History of Slavery”. It covered about 4000 years of slavery and gave a great deal of insight as to how a society viewed their slaves regardless of color. They often viewed them as intellectually inferior, even though frequently with affection. Part of this was because of lack of education. However, slaves often used ignorance to reduce the amount of work they had to do. In most slave cultures, some of the more ambitious slaves could work their way out of slavery and sometimes become slave owners themselves. This even occurred in the United States, even in the south prior to the Civil War. There were black slave owners in the south. Some of them were abusive slave owners. None of this helps justify slavery or completely explains racism in America, but it does help provoke one to question the evolution of mod-ern racism and the agenda of those who manage it.

There were many failed attempts at utopian communalism in the United States starting in early 1800’s. Robert Owens bought Harmony Indiana in 1824. Some of these people were receptive to the Communist Manifesto arguments.

Karl Marx wrote the Communist Manifest in 1848, in preparation for the Communist revolutions in Europe. Marx was poor, yet in about a year, they translated the Communist Manifesto, into many languages and 10’s of thousands of copies were distributed throughout Europe. It was almost 20 years after it’s’ publication before Marx’s and En-gels’s names were associated with it. However, be-fore the Civil War there were over 30 unsuccessful Communist revolutions in Europe. Many of those active in these revolutions fled to the United States, rather than stay and perhaps be charged with trea-son. We had Marxist before the Civil War started and many became involved in the Radical Republi-can movement. Horace Greeley publisher, the NY Tribune and “Liberal Republican” candidate against Republican Grant in 1870, had a European Corre-spondents column during the Civil War, written by Marx and/or Engels under a nom de plume. Some carpetbaggers used the turmoil among the freed slaves and many whites who were left with their taxes but without voting rights.

An economic depression, high taxes and up un-til 1877 Northern troops to enforce the radical influ-ence helped justify among some southern whites the formation of the KKK. We do not know the ex-tent, the Marxist infiltrated or perhaps created the KKK and used it to scare blacks into their move-ment. We do know this is something Communist view as a bird nest on the ground. Matt Civitti an undercover agent for the FBI testified before con-gress, that after WW II his first Communist Party assignment was reorganizing the NAZI PARTY in the USA. Terrorism, Death and conflict are some-thing the left has exploited since the French Revo-lution of 1789. In fact, the political terms RIGHT and LEFT came out of the French Revolution. You might have guessed Robespierre, Marriot and the guillotine operators were on the left. They set on the left side of the French assembly.

Back to racism, the left and their use of racism to promote their agenda.

To get an idea of how rapidly racism was reced-ing, following the Civil War read Booker T Washing-ton’s autobiography, “UP FROM SLAVERY”. He was born a slave and working in coalmines by the age of seven. He wanted to learn to read but was not sure he wanted to preach. All the black men he knew who had learned to read had gotten a call to preach. A local white woman hired him as a house-boy and taught him to clean house. He not only learned that well but she taught him to read. He heard about a school that taught blacks and set out to walk there. He slept under porches with the dogs in towns and villages on the way. When he arrived, the woman who ran the school was in her second floor office working. He went in and pro-posed that she let him do housekeeping chores for his tuition. There was a porch outside her office. She asks him to clean the porch and she would in-spect it. He said he not only cleaned it as best he could but when finished started over. She gave it a white glove inspection, and he got the job.

After he finished and left school, a couple of white men, from Tuskegee came to her and ask for her recommendation, for someone to teach the black children in Tuskegee. They were concerned about them not getting and education. She recom-mended Booker T. and what became Tuskegee In-stitute was started in a chicken house with a leaky roof. On rainy days, a student held an umbrella over his head while he taught. His wife was fund-raiser for the school. In his autobiography, he said, to his knowledge she never went to a home in Tuskegee black or white but what they gave some-thing. It might be a dozen eggs or an old hen but they gave of what they had. Under his guidance, Tuskegee became the leading technical school in the world. Students had to attend class, stay clean, fix or comb hair, wash and iron their cloths, and speak and read English, as well as learn a trade and be presentable to the world.

He became world renowned after his 1895, Cotton States and International Exposition speech in Atlanta. His speech is recognized as one of the leading speeches in black culture. He became friends with industry leaders like Henry For. A pres-ident and a king invited him to meet with them. He was a realist. His argument to students was if you have something to contribute to the community they are going to want you, not run you off, and it worked. He said today we learn a trade and to teach our children, tomorrow our children can learn to be doctors and lawyers. I do not believe that his separate but equal strategy was a final solution but it was working as a realistic start. You do not look down on an honest articulate, well-read neighbor, who also happens to be the best brick maker, brick-layer, carpenter or plumber in town and black. You call them friend and neighbor. In the 1950s, the majority of black millionaires in the U.S. lived in the South.

In 1909 the NAACP was organize by a small group of white socialists/communists and W.E.B. De Boise who was intelligent, black, and socialist. There were times when even he complained that the NAACP was more interested in promoting so-cialism than helping blacks. They did not attempt to be an asset to the community but confrontational. A standard communist divide and conquer tech-nique. I am sure many people did good things through the NAACP in spite of the leftist bias in the command structure, and their anti Booker T. agen-da. However, after 100 years we are still struggling with the problem, which Booker T. Washington, with southern whites helping, was on the way to solving before 1900. Black owned businesses thrived in the South. It is easy to say the 1906 At-lanta and the 1921 Tulsa anti black riots were the result of white racism. I am sure some of it was there but a bullet needs a cap. Why did Matt Civ-itti’s Communist bosses order him to reorganize the U.S. Nazi Party after WW II???

(44): Retribution or POLITICS OF DISCONTEN: What is it? Who benefits and why? Who pays it and why? Is retribution a solution to a real problem or a political designer problem looking for a political following? Supposedly those who were economi-cally or psychology damaged by their ancestors be-ing brought to the U. S. as slaves. If the damage is economic, do we go to Africa for the comparison standard? If it turns out they are better off should they be require to pay a tax for the improvement in their living standard.

If the damage is psychological, who will devise the test and how do we make sure they are not cheating. Did somebody slip them the answers to the test? Does the reward change if you are ¼, ½ or ¾ descended from slaves? If you are half-white how much do you have to pay to those who are all black? Do those whose ancestors fought on the Confederate side pay more than those who fought to free the slaves? Do whites, who lost relatives in the Civil War, pay less than those who did not? How do whites and blacks who came to the United States after the Civil War fit into the system? Do those blacks who had ancestors who were black slave owners have something deducted from their share?

Where do Indians fit into the solution? Much if not most Indian blood is in the veins of so-called whites whose ancestors married Indians. How do we handle this? This also applies to blacks in the U S but black shin is controlled by a dominate gene and stands out.

I tend to think retribution is a left wing political diversion and conflict creator looking for a voter/activist following and not a solution to a problem!!!

(45) WHO BURNED MT. CARMEL AT WACO?: It has been over 15 years since the BATF chose not to accept a local gun dealers offer to arrange for the BATF to talk to David Koresh, while he was on the phone. Instead they choose to attempt a surprise invasion of the Mt. Caramel church and dwelling. The claimed justification for the invasion was to serve a search warrant. The attempted invasion resulted in several people in the church being in-jured or killed and several BATF agents being in-jured and four killed. The BATF insisted they did not shoot first however; a video tape that was made of serving of the search warrant and the metal front door where it was served disappeared. Who shot first? How could Janet Reno and her op-eratives lose things that would be so helpful in backing up their story? There was also a video of two agents entering a 2nd story window and a third, later throwing a grenade into that window. Is this the normal BATF procedure for serving search war-rants?

If the church members had had a Jim Jones death wish as many in the media implied they could have killed a couple dozen more BATF invader af-ter they ran out of ammunition. Instead they let the BATF agents walk away carrying their dead and wounded.

Why did the BATF do what they did? Was it because of orders from higher up to promote an agenda we don’t know about? Was it an attempt by The BATF to get more money appropriated for them? Was it perhaps an attempt to divert atten-tion from the Randy Weaver, Idaho incident in which they had killed a tax protestor’s 14-year-old son and later his wife? A sniper shot the boy’s mother as she was holding the door open for her husband, who was hurrying back to the house from the shed where he had placed their son’s body. She was holding their baby in her arms at the time she was shoot. This had resulted in some bad publicity for the BATF. The Federal government eventually lost a multi-million dollar lawsuit. Perhaps they thought that a raid on Mount Caramel would divert attention from the Idaho incident.




Randy weaver had moved to the mountains as a tax protestor, however and undercover agent had hired him to cut off a shotgun for him. It was about 1/10 of inch shorter than the 18-inch legal limit. Did he make a mistake or was it shortened later to use as evidence???

The BATF handling of the Mt. Caramel incident was so bad that Janet Reno or President Clinton decided to turn the clean up over to the FBI.

They planted a couple of snipers in two loca-tions so no one could enter or leave without being seen, and said they would wait a year for them to come out, IF NECESSARY. How long would it take them to run out of food? It was 59 days later; just when, according to Koresh’s attorney, it looked like they might have reached an agreement for them to come out, when the government lied about drugs and perhaps violated the Posse Comitatus Law. They brought in the tanks, injected large amounts of highly flammable tear gas, and then fired several stun grenades into this tender box. The place burned down killing over 70 people in-cluding dozens of women and children (very bad in Iraq). The FBI and the mass media claimed they set themselves on fire, however in spite of all the evi-dence they lost, the FLAIR tapes survived and showed by “accident perhaps” it was set on fire (apparently with stun grenades) and snipers kept the women and children from fleeing, when they could. If you are open-minded, and want to make your decision on facts, watch: “WACO: RULES OF ENGAGEMENT”. It is available on the internet, vid-eo tape and DVD.

(46) EMINENT DOMAIN NEEDS IMPROVE-MENTS: Eminent domain is abuse more and more by local government liberals. They claim it is to im-prove the tax base. The Supreme Court in the Kelso decision approved its ABUSE in New London, Conn. The Federal government used and abused eminent domain for URBAN RENEWAL (1949 & 54 Housing act and 1956 Interstate Defense Highways Act.) They claimed it would reduce crime and improve national defense. There is evidence they made many of the problems worse. It destroyed many billions of dollars of low rent property, for poor people and small businesses, at taxpayers’ expense. It increased crime in the suburbs and high-rise gov-ernment housing and destroyed neighborhoods. It made billions of dollars of intercity property availa-ble to the big corporations for pennies on the dol-lar. It later resulted in seizing more property for freeways, so people could get to work in high-rise offices. This resulted in smog problems that in-creased car and fuel costs. Now we are concerned about the gasoline used to get to work on the free-ways and the CO2 gas produced.

Oh, the “beauty” that is in “big government solutions”!!!

We need to correct this abuse. Many of us know about the case where a town condemned property for the benefit of a third party to build a shopping center. However, few are aware that the buildings have been condemned and torn down but they may not build the shopping center. Nor do most know about the town of Guymon Oklahoma, interrupting the auctioning of a piece of land out-side the city limits, that was being sold to raise money for a troubled children’s’ home, by threaten-ing to seize the property using eminent domain. This abuse needs some serious thought.

We do not know how many times each year these abuses occur. Dozens or perhaps hundreds but you can be sure that if it is not corrected it well get worse. If eminent domain is used to acquire property that has been owned over 2 years, per-haps we should require a payment of 3 times the fair market value as determined from the tax ap-praisal for that property, If less than two years 1 ½

times the fair market value. In addition, all reason-able damages and relocation costs. However, if it is determined that the property was purchased based on inside information then 80% of the last purchase price.

(47) PRISON COST: Prison operations cost from 20 to 100 thousand dollars per inmate, per year, based on the State, inmate risk and whether it is a Federal or State prison. Can we have a more cost effective system. Today’s prison systems and pro-cedures tend to allow drug use, gang activity, fre-quent inmate attacks and murder, high employee risk, high recidivism and minimal educational or skills development. Far too often, prisons are a criminal finishing school! They provide an environ-ment more favorable to homosexuals than hetero-sexuals. We will discuss ways to minimize the bad problems, maximize the good agenda and reduce costs. First, we minimize the physical contacts be-tween inmates and between inmates and employ-ees. This means very little yard time with inmates eating, drinking, showering, etc. in their cells. De-sign the cell to facilitate this. The cells design needs to allow remote monitoring and controlled lights and audio, as well as video and infrared cameras. Allow monitoring and communications with all in-mates any time, they are in their cells. Perhaps even monitor blood pressure, pulse and body tem-perature remotely. The third important feature would be to have a secure well-protected net-worked personal computer available to each in-mate, with access based on good behavior. The network would have all communications recorded, monitored and reviewable if desired. It must con-trol, who has access to whom. The inmate would have access to computerized tutoring and testing programs.

Maintain a secure database of each inmate’s progress, with a reward given based on progress. Let them be paid, allow them to view a movie or play a game of chess, etc. with another inmate (using the computer.) Also use it to send and re-ceive mail. It is my belief that facilities designed based on these concepts would be about the same cost as the present type facilities, but would pro-duce better results, and could be operated at a per inmate cost of less than $10,000 yearly. I believe if designed and operated properly, it would result in less gang violence, less drug traffic, fewer murders, less recidivism, fewer gay rapes plus better educat-ed and adjusted people released back into society.

In the early 1800’s the Quakers operated a highly effective prison system (2% recidivism). They had one prisoner per cell with a Bible. Recidivism is about 3500% higher with the present system!!!

(48) ECONOMICS SIMPLIFIED: The seen and the unseen effects are important. This is a very brief discussion of economics but I hope it will help some see through the pro-socialist agenda of the Keynesian (candy store) economic hypotheses. Cat-tle used as money is wealth, but credit money is not wealth. A stable medium of exchange catalytically facilitates the exchange of wealth from those who have or produce it to those that want or need it. Most wealth has a labor ingredient that gives it val-ue whether it is hard goods, food, health care or entertainment. Good money is like a catalyst in chemistry. It facilitates and accelerates a reaction but when the reaction is complete, it is all still there. Counterfeit credit money appears and disap-pears thus the potential for credit money bubbles. Those who have the authority to expand and con-tract these bubbles have a very powerful tool for determining who controls and benefits from the wealth created.

With the current privately owned, federally au-thorize, FEDERAL RESERVE, counterfeit credit mon-ey BANKING SYSTEM not only can those who bor-row and those who loan expand and contract the money supply but in leveraged fractional reserve

banking those who put their money into banks can expand and contract the credit money supply. If it is, leveraged 10 to 1 for each dollar pulled out of savings shrinks the credit money supply $10. At this ratio the $½ trillion pulled out of savings in 4 hours, on 9/17/08 reduced the credit money supply by $5 trillion. Some claimed it had been leveraged almost 30 to 1.

Governments can pull money out with taxes and T-bills. The Federal government can put money in by passing a law and paying interest to the Feder-al Reserve Banks as they spend it. It’s a book entry not earned savings. When they spend this money they do not produce anything usually they just con-trol who controls the wealth, and they undermine a valid production, distribution consumption cycle. This can create and maintain recessions and depres-sions. They do not create wealth but they create cycles that facilitate the transfer and control of large amounts of wealth to the credit money insid-ers. In 1960, there were eight jobs in manufactur-ing to one in finance. In 2008, there was 1.5 in manufacturing to one in finance. Is this Pro-gress???

One way of visualizing money as a medium of exchange is to think of it as a conveyer belt. It car-ries produce from factories and farmers to consum-ers and on the return side; it carries labor from the consumer to the factories and farms. This conveyer belt runs carrying goods to consumers and labor back at an efficient speed. However, the important understanding from this image is that many con-sumers’ jobs make them an important part of the producer/distributor machine. Some foreign trade, gradually and fairly introduced is acceptable but it needs balancing. Taxes, corrupt unions, thievery, unstable medium of exchange, and government waste encourage the undermining of these convey-or belt free enterprise systems by artificially sepa-rating the jobs part of the belt from the consumer part. However, It does play into the hands of the New World Order money managers.

Most if not all, government spending takes out of production but seldom puts anything in the pro-ductive labor side of the cycle. Seventy percent of Federal government spending undermines the pro-duction/consumption cycle, which destroys produc-tive wealth; reduces our standard of living, and threatens freedom and justice!!!

Money in a free enterprise economy is like blood in the body. Its value is not in its existence but in its circulation. There is an optimum circula-tion rate. It is obviously not zero or 100 times per year. I estimate an optimum rate of circulation for the efficient creation and transfer of wealth is about 5 to 8 times per year, and not credit money. Money as a stable unit of value is what makes earned savings, credit and business contracts practi-cal. For an economy, a little controlled government is like shoes in a sticker patch. A lot of uncontrolled government is like death from a thousand cuts.

There can be a difference between a nation, with many wealthy individuals, and a prosperous nation. A prosperous nation may have a few or a lot of wealthy individuals, but what makes it pros-perous is the efficient production and distribution of goods to consumers as a group. The average standard of living is determined by dividing the amount of goods consumed by the number of peo-ple consuming them. There may be and usually is a significant spread between those at the top, who develop, own, and manage the means of produc-tion and distribution, and those at the bottom who either won’t or can’t be a part of the production/distribution machine. In a free enterprise economy, those who efficiently manage productive wealth are helpful in making progress toward a more prosper-ous society. For example refrigerators, when they were first developed, were very expensive. Only wealthy people could afford them. Poor people at best had iceboxes and paid an iceman to come by




every day or so to deliver ice. As technology and production improved, more and more people could afford refrigerators and today almost everybody has a bigger and better one then most wealthy peo-ple had or could afford 90-years ago. The same oc-curred with automobiles, telephones, TV’s and com-puters.

In a democratic republic with a free enterprise system, most of the wealthy are those who are most effective at using wealth (tools) to get wealth (products) to the people. Or, those who are most effective at entertaining the most people in a pros-perous society.

In a free enterprise economy profits, losses, and competition motivates the maximization of efficien-cy and productivity. In government, this is currently lacking. In fact, the incentive is just the reverse. They tend to be able to buy votes using taxes and deficit spending for undercover socialist. Pro social-ists, are not only motivated to get power by vote buying but they know this will potentially cause our free enterprise system to collapse and they believe allow a socialist or Communist system to replace it. If we wish to discourage this and motivate them to strive to maximize government efficiency and mini-mize vote buying, we should require any incumbent who has voted to increase taxes or authorize deficit spending to get a 5% handicap in the next primary and general election. This means they would have to get 55% of the votes to win. This would motivate them to strive to make government more efficient.

(49) THE POLITICS OF BLACKMAIL, PROMIS-ES, THREATS, BRIBERY, AND HYPOCRISY: Often, the worst part of elected representative being involved in extramarital affairs or illegal activities, as far as government is concerned is blackmail, based on fear of exposure. This applies to moderates but especially conservatives. Liberal left progressive (LIBS) and especially communists in their ranks are good at using blackmail to control votes on critical issues. They are specialist at designing situations where they can compromise those who oppose them, especially political leaders. That is why if you are a true conservative and someone who votes 70 to 80 percent conservative represents you. Check to see if they only vote liberal on very close critical votes. Try to determine if close votes, are con-trolled by blackmailed politicians. If so, get rid of them. If they confess, rather than submit to black-mail use your judgment based on the situation and how they handle it.

The liberal left progressive (LIBS) are very hypocritical in these situations. They have a dual standard. A casual examination of the difference in the treatment of Clinton as president and his many affairs and Senator Ensign from Nevada is a good example of this. It is possible Ensign would not go for blackmail. You can gain a better understanding of this by reading Anatoli Granovsky book “I WAS AN NKVD AGENT. In it, he discusses his Communist training in the use of sex and blackmail to control the opposition. They were training him to help or-ganize and lead the anti-communist movement in Western Europe at the end of WW ll. The Com-munists strive to create and /or control their oppo-sition.

I believe we are seeing another example of LIB hypocrisy developing. Somebody threw a brick through a liberal left progressive (LIB) Congress-man’s headquarters window (who did it is un-known) yet every Republican, conservative, and pro Constitutionalist is supposed to stop all of their op-position to the LIBS anti-constitutional agenda and bow and grovel to the mass looser media for what some unknown person did to a window. The LIBS in the media have given 10’s if not 100’s or millions of viewer, listener, and reader minutes to this inci-dent; but almost no coverage to the over 1,000 club

wielding people who surrounded a Canadian collage to prevent Ann Coulter from speaking there. They also threatened to bring criminal charges against her for hate speech even before she spoke.

All of that coverage for the price of a window, is this not a bargain for the LIB establishment. This outrage by a group of political activists, who have never seriously condemned those who have openly advocated, killing up to 1/3 of a nation’s population to implement their Communist style agenda, is per-haps insightful. If they are willing to kill millions to get their way, do you not think they might be willing to throw a brick through a window, call someone the “N” word, or at least say their opposition did, to advance their agenda and discredit their opposi-tion?

The same LIB media that made a big deal out of a LIB politicians window broken by an unknown per-son, have shown little concern about dozens of win-dows broken by pro illegal aliens in Arizona or 2 swastikas painted on State government windows using bean dip.

The last 14 months contained hundreds of closed and secret meetings of the LIBS (Pelosi, Reed, Obama, union leaders, etc.) pushing national-ized health care. This might be a good (bad) exam-ple of how to use promises, threats blackmail and bribery to control congressional votes. Obama had over a hundred such secret contacts in the last few weeks before its approval. Is that the way sausage is made???

(50) POLITICAL PARTIES, 2 OR MORE? : By having a president and governors instead of a prime minister, type political system, we are doomed to have a predominately two party system. Many peo-ple believe it is better to have half a loaf rather than nothing. Both the Republican and the Democrat parties are now democratic republican parties. The public can easily get involved and influence their direction especially if people get involved before the primary. That is what happened for Goldwater in the 196 Republican primaries. Goldwater carried the areas where the Goldwater primary organiza-tion continued. They carried the areas for Goldwa-ter in spite of attacks by the local Republican Party hierarchy. The liberal media and the Rockefeller controlled (CFR) Republicans. It was not Johnson and Democrats, that defeated Goldwater It was the media and REPUBLICANS IN NAME ONLY (RINO) that defeated him. Those of us who bypassed the media and the official party control and literature were winning our precincts, some by a landslide. Mine went from 13 out of 153 in a survey, to over 100 for him in the primary. In the general election, over 60% voted for Goldwater. There was a very unusual 95% turnout for Democrats and 98% for Republicans.

A) Get acquainted with local school boards, city, county, state, and congressional officials espe-cially the County Sheriff, County Attorney, County Judge and registrar of voters. They can be a strong voice and force for freedom, and they are often the future tested candidates for higher offices. Also, serve on juries.

To understand the importance of local govern-ment and the County Sheriff read “County Sheriff America’s Last Best Hope” by Sheriff Richard Mack.

B) States are different. In Texas, there are meetings and a precinct chairperson and county delegates are elected. Resolutions submitted and approved at the precinct, go to the County Commit-tee meeting and if approved there to the State Par-ty Committee meeting. These meetings are usually located near the primary polling place in the even-ing following the elections. Make sure you go and if possible get five or six of your precinct neighbors to go with you. If there are one or two things, you want considered, write up resolutions on them and submit them to the precinct meeting for a vote. Also, consider running for precinct chairperson or delegate to the county meeting. Try to get one of

the members of you group to seek to be a delegate or alternate to the state party convention.

C) Get involved in and if necessary organize a group so members can synergistically work together to research local, state and federal issues and candi-dates. Even seek out encourage, endorse and work for the best candidates. When good people seek public office, we need to support them. Have public meetings and invite local officials to speak to your group to help them be acquainted with your ideas and you with theirs. We had all five Republican candidates for governor including Reagan show up to speak at our 63rd Assembly District Headquarters opening in 1966.

D) Get informed, be acquainted with candi-dates, put up a yard sign and pass out, political is-sue and candidate literature in your precinct, Find someone who is honest and pro freedom and jus-tice on most issues.

I believe history shows it would be much easier to organize, get active and win Republican primaries for good pro freedom and justice candidates. This requires a much smaller number of votes then try-ing to win a general election with a 3rd party candi-date.

Some claim you have done your civic duty when you vote. I disagree. You have done your civic duty when you understand the principles of politics, the issues of freedom and justice, and where the candi-dates stand on those issues, plus in the case of in-cumbents how they have voted on those critical issues and if bad what you have done to encourage and help good candidates to run for office. Then when you vote you have done your civic duty. You do not build free societies with benevolent dicta-tors. They are built from the bottom up with an informed and organized electorate. Labor union leaders do a lot of this for LIBS. You are either part of the solution if you strive to be informed and vote, or a part of the problem if you don’t vote or vote while uninformed.

If possible, organize a non-partisan pro consti-tutional group to endorse issues and candidates in primaries and general elections. Encourage good people to take part in Republican or Democrat pre-cinct elections.

If libertarians are going to have and demon-strate political effectiveness, they need to develop-ment year around political activist groups that en-dorse and work in primaries and if they are going to have influence as a party at the federal level, they need to concentrate on optimum congressional dis-tricts and races. Three libertarians elected to Con-gress would do more to maximize freedom and jus-tice and libertarianism then 10 lost presidential rac-es. They are fighting the wrong fights in the wrong way to help promote freedom and justice. They need to demonstrate they can walk before they ask others to put their time and money on them to win the race. Now their presidential races help the worst candidates win. They have to demonstrate they have a winning message and method.

Who created and inspired the Tea Party move-ment? The truth is, nobody! They are like wild flow-ers where the wind and the birds scatter the seeds and the Lord provides the rain. For the most part, it has grown from the bottom up with local people and local groups leading from the bottom. If any-thing the Tea Parties were motivated not lead. Obama and his handlers deserve much if not most of the credit. His lurch to the left after getting elected and bypassing congressional review and approval of his top advisors, (Cabinet Members), and instead selecting an unapproved, very radical pro socialist and even pro Marxist group he referred to as his Czars to take over and implement his Hope and Change agenda, for the United States and the world.

If anybody inspired it I think It was Glenn Beck when he called for the 9/12 get-together all over




the country. It allowed people who were con-cerned to meet other people who were concerned and synergistically start working together to do something about the problems.

The problems weren’t new they had been grow-ing for over a hundred years, perhaps two hundred, but Obama brought them to a head. A boil doesn’t start to heal until it has been excised, and the Tea Party movement seems to be starting to do just that in both the Republican (RINOS) AND THE Dem-ocrat (radical union) control. They seem deter-mined to stop the bi-partisan undermining of LIBER-TY AND JUSTICE. Let’s hope and pray they succeed.

The leaders will be those who assist in this ef-fort, not those who try to control it. Its strength is in it integrity and if it keeps that those who try to discredit and destroy it by using union leftist plants, lies and deceit will not only fail but they will inspire greater effort..

Will Obama be the twenty firsts century King George II? The colonies first started opposing taxa-tion without representation. Obama is pushing rep-resentation not only without taxation but with tax-payer subsidies. Far too many of us are trying to survive by giving ourselves a blood transfusion with a leaky hose. The more we get, the less we have left!!!

One political party supporting LIBERTY AND JUS-TICE is better than none, and two are better than one!!! Get one first, now.

(51) IS DIVERSITY OUR STRENGTH?: This is a “fact” that we hear stated but never explained by liberal left progressives (LIBS), and from their per-spective it is true but not from the perspective of those who wish to promote liberty and justice. The LIBS use diversity as a tool to divide and conquer which they then use to gain political control of our system of democratic Republics. It is our system of constitutionally limited and sovereignty quantified (three level) stratified democratic republics, which, allows us our freedom as individuals and lets us pur-sue political and economic justice. This minimizes conflict and helps us tolerate this diversity. This ability to tolerate diversity must and can occur, de-spite the LIBS efforts to abuse and exploit diversity. We must understand this!!!

(52) UNITED NATIONS A TOOL FOR PEACE? OR POWER?: Has the UN been an instrument for peace? That depends on whose definition of peace you wish to use. Our definition of peace means to get together, and discuss and bargain away our dif-ferences. That is not the Aesopian Language defini-tion the Communists use. To them peace occurs when they have destroyed all opposition to their agenda. The United States and the Soviet Union were the two dominate delegations at the San Fran-cisco Conference at which the UN Charter was sup-posedly prepared. Later, under oath before a con-gressional committee they identified 16 of 17, of the US delegates as undercover Soviet agents. The-se included the later convicted spy, Alger Hiss, who was the very powerful chairperson of the Conven-tion.

Time Magazine had Hiss’s picture on its cov-er and they claimed he would give the United States significant influence at the convention.

When approved by the convention, they rushed it to DC for approval by the Senate. They pushed it through, like Obama’s stimulus plan, with-out debate. The only two Senators to vote against it were the only two who had read it. They stayed up all night to read it; however, they were not al-lowed to debate or discuss it before the vote.

There are many who have since studied the UN Charter and its operation, who are convinced it is flawed and biased toward a Communist agenda.

I have seen very little that the UN has done, that needed to be done that could not have been done without it. Several things, that perhaps should have been done but were not done because of UN handicapping. Also, things that have been done that promoted Communism and undermined liberty and justice.

(53) PROFITS, CAPITALISM & PROSPERITY: There is much confusion about what capitalism is, and the need for and purpose of profits in our free enterprise economy and our system of constitution-al republics designed to maximize liberty and jus-tice, as well as broad based societal prosperity. If we compare a free enterprise economy to a car, the driver controls the car using the steering wheel. In the case of a free enterprise economy, the consum-er is the driver and profit is the steering wheel. High profits means consumers are making a SHARP TURN IN THE ECONOMY, or government has creat-ed a severe economic pothole.

Capitalism is the use of tools to improve the productivity of labor. In a free society, citizens own the tools and consumers through profits control the tools. Under socialism and communism, govern-ments own the tools and party bureaucrats control the tools.

Prosperity is based on the amount of consumer goods produced, divided by the number of people consuming them. Taxes allow the removal of prod-ucts for the use of some who create no products and provide no consumer driven services. This low-ers the average standard of living. There are LIBS influencing the Obama administration who advo-cate expanding this leak in our economic system until the free enterprise portion of our economy collapses and we become socialist.

There are many things that have contributed to our national development and prosperity; however, on the Great Plains it was barbed wire fences, wind-mills, tractors and trucks. None came from govern-ment. To some extent their counterparts in the Bi-ble were; landmarks, wells and oxen. Horses were for war.

(54) PROPAGANDA: WHAT IS IT? We design propaganda to convince people of something. If you study the concept of propaganda, you learn there is white, gray and black propaganda. White is where you use truth, logic and facts to convince people. Gray is the most sophisticated and deceit-ful. It picks and chooses which truth is included, along with untruth, and deceptive logic. Our mass media often uses it. Governments use Black in au-thoritarian environments, where no good outside sources of information exist. They control both the “facts and the logic”.

Having been an avid reader of Time magazine for several years in the 1950’s I saw how they did it. They would present both sides of an issue, or that is what a gullible reader would think. If you are famil-iar with the facts, you realize they had deleted (or missed) many of the strong arguments for the side they wanted to lose, deleted (or missed) the weak-nesses of the side they wanted to win and often included fraudulent “designer facts”.

I did not understand how they did this so effec-tively until I read Whitaker Chambers book “COLD FRIDAY”. He pointed out that the people who did the research for articles never write the articles. It is written from a packet of information provided. This allowed an information manager to decide which facts are in the packet. They give packets to three or four writers down in the basement. If one of them writes an article, they consider worthy of publishing they publish it. They do not tell the writ-ers what to write. They can read what is published, and determine what is wanted. If unwilling or una-ble to provide what they want, the writer is eventu-ally terminated and a new hire goes to the base-ment.

Another way propagandist manipulate the thinking of innocent people is to infer correlation implies causation. It is reasonable, if you see corre-lation to consider causation and to check for it but correlation does not prove causation. Some of the many ways LIBS use “correlation to imply causation is the use of guns in suicide but not checking to see if suicides go down where there are fewer guns. They do not. In addition, they claim less legal gun ownership means less crimes as well as murders. It does not. In fact, Prof. John Lott and a graduate student did a major by county statistical study. The study demonstrated that more legal guns in a city, county or state reduced the crimes and murders committed. The LIBS also insisted, that more con-cealed carry gun permits would cause more crime and road rage shootings. It did not happen. They insisted that an armed woman would be at greater risk from a rapist then an unarmed woman. They are not, rapists are killed, wounded and caught, or held at gunpoint and taken out of circulation far more often than the victims are raped. When rap-ists are removed from circulation, it significantly reduces the risk of unarmed women being raped!!!

During the 1950’s the media continuously re-peated the statement that if you go far enough to the right from Communism you get to Nazism. In collage, I had a government professor who ex-plained it by drawing a circle on the blackboard, putting a dot at the top of the circle and writing Communism at one side of the dot and why the cir-cle instead of a straight line going from total gov-ernment on the left down to zero government on the right. With this analogy, Nazism is slightly to the right of Communism; however, our original sys-tem of governments is 70 to 80% of the way toward zero government.

Nobody in the class questioned his diagram or description. You can be sure what the answer on the test was supposed to be. It is irrelevant wheth-er the professor knew he was teaching propaganda or not it was gray almost black propaganda and I am sure many of his students innocently repeated it for years.

(55) THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX QUAGMIRE: There are over 65,000 (small print) pages of IRS tax codes. Unconstitutional direct federal taxes changed in 1913 with a constitutional amendment. The law setting up Tax Free Foundations passed in 1909 in anticipation of the amendment. Top rates were 1% on over $20,000 (over $500,000 today, gold was about $20/troy oz.) and 6% on over $800,000. To make it efficient they have reversed the innocent until proven guilty process. They can decide you are guilty and seize your bank account, sell your property up to the amount they claim you owe, plus their assessed penalties. Is this economic and sometimes physical terrorism?

Once you pay the IRS judges assessment, you can have a jury trial but government is the defend-ant. The burden of proof is on the individual, not government. If you do win, they give back the mon-ey they took but the IRS is not liable for damages. You pay what an IRS judge says before you can ap-peal. You can only plead the 5th if you have a histo-ry in crime. The CONSTITUTION is to protect orga-nized criminals???

If we keep an income tax, it should be no more than 100 pages long. It started out less than a 20-page bill in 1913. We do not need 65,000 pages of loopholes and "Gotchas."

The LIB’S usually argue that if taxes are reduced the government will have less money to spend. Conservatives point out that when Kennedy, Reagan, and George W. Bush cut taxes, economic growth allowed government income to increase. If there were no taxes, tariffs or service charges gov-ernments would have nothing to spend. If they took all profits they would soon have nothing or very little to spend because the economy would




collapse. If you go all the way down the govern-ment gets nothing if you go all the way up they get nothing. What they collect can be represented by a bell curve. It is maximized at the top of the bell.

The fact that that economic growth after a cut in taxes, results in an increase in the government take demonstrates that taxes were beyond the peak of the bell curve. However, this does not mean that the best situation is when governments are bleed-ing the maximum amount of wealth out of the economy. Since almost all current government, especially federal, use of wealth is parasitic not pro-ductive, we should strive to keep government spending will down on the leading edge of the bell curve. This would maximize economic growth, pro-ductive job growth, and our average standard of living. The only reason for striving to maximize the government take is to quickly, pay off Federal, State or local debt. We should strive to push taxes and spending from Federal to State and to local govern-ment. This is best at exposing and correcting cor-ruption and inefficiency.

The progressive income tax that applies to indi-viduals is erratically regressive when applied to cor-porations. Small business corporation taxes, those making $100,000 to $333,333 are about 10% great-er than those charged multinational corporations (30,000 times bigger) that make $10,000,000,000 (10 billion). It helps the big fish consume the small. A 15% capital gains tax is much more bene-ficial to stock market speculators and manipula-tors then it is to the entrepreneurs, inflation cor-rection is better. If we keep a capital gains tax, let it phase in gradually over 15 years. It shouldn’t be used to reward market manipulators and political insiders.

Whether incorporated or not, entrepreneurs who make jobs and the managers and the skilled workers who make the companies work and the workers who make and ship the products pay high-er taxes than secretive hedge funds and specula-tors. In my opinion speculators such as Boone Pick-ens, who using book entry credit money forced many well run companies to take the (credit) poison pill to prevent speculators from taking over the companies, firing or overruling upper management and using company assets to borrow the money to buy another well run business. They use this tactic over and over. Who makes money off this manipu-lating the market? The market manipulators and those our government has given the monopolistic privilege of being the credit money manipulators of the United States and to some extent the world, the Federal Reserve Banks and their pawns!!! Foreign-ers hold one-half of our credit money as reserve backing for their money systems.

Let’s examine the arguments concerning the BUSH TAX CUTS and the argument that we should-n’t have tax cuts for the top 2% super rich. That includes one out of 50 of your neighbors. Do you really think they are super rich? The truth is most of these people use their income and frequently long hours of work and thought making productive jobs for the rest of us. If we wish to discourage the massive accumulations of wealth and power we shouldn’t be worrying about the top 2% but the top .2%, .o2%, and.oo2%. .oo2 percent is one out of every 200,000 positional taxpayers and voters. There are about 500 in this category in the United States and perhaps it’s reasonable to consider them to be super rich and 35% on their income or their estates would have minimal effect on productivity and new jobs. Perhaps these (factor of 10) steps, should be applied to personal income taxes, corpo-rate taxes, and inheritance taxes. Maybe start at 20% at $2,ooo,000 for the lowest 2% and increase by 5% at each incurrent of 10 My suggestions are just a place to start discussions.

(56) A SAFER CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT PROCESS: I am not proposing the deletion of the current constitutional amendment processes but adding another security step to them. After the amendments or the constitutional amendment pro-posals, have gone through the present process. Submit the changes to voters for final approval. Require the approval of 3/4 of the Congressional Districts by a 55% plurality in each. The purpose of the constitution was to protect the people from government and the minority from the majority. An amendment of this type would make that process even more secure. The voters couldn’t possibly start the amendment process directly, but they could stop a bad change and encourage much more thought be given to the unseen consequences of the change.

I would also recommend that the calling of a constitutional convention by the States be limited to specific delineated amendments to the present Constitution with the voters having the opportunity to vote on each amendment separately. We’ve had over two hundred years of experience with the pre-sent Constitution. We know it doesn’t need drastic progressive changes.

(57) THE CONFESSIONS OF AN EX HEMOPHILIC (bleeding Heart) LIBERAL: I was a supporter of Cas-tro. I had been told he was not a Communist but an agrarian reformer. I was not sure what that was but I thought it couldn’t be very bad because every arti-cle I could find in the MASS LOOSER MEDIA told me he was a good guy, I read everything I could find about him, Time, Life, look, Pageant, New York Times, etc. Even Readers Digest had a glowing arti-cle entitled THE SAVIOR OF CUBA with a sketch at the front of the article showing him with a hallo. It was the same Readers Digest, which in high school had convinced me that authoritarian liberalism (Communism) was bad. I was sure I could trust them.

I later learned that a part of Readers’ Digest bias against Communism was, Senior Editor, Eugene Lyons, who as a supporter of the Russian Revolution and Communism had gone to Russia in the mid 20’s and was very disillusioned with what he saw. Years later, I was very pleased to hear him speak and meet him. Unlike Walter Ruther who was active in the American union movement and wrote a letter back home from Russia, saying “I have seen the fu-ture and it works”.

As a hemophilic liberal, I defended Castro every time his name came up. I defended him whether it was at a family reunion, a discussion in a barber-shop, or a bull session in collage. I don’t know how many people I convinced he was a good guy but I suspect I either convinced them he was a good guy or I was a hopeless cause because usually after 15 or 20 minutes they never brought it up again in front of me. They were arguing from an emotional perspective and I could quote my sources. When Castro took over Cuba, I was excited. Even though I had not given money or blood or carried a gun, I felt like I was a part of liberating Cuba. We had brought freedom to a small piece of the world. All we had to do was keep repeating the process and someday the whole world could be free.

After my disillusionment with Castro, I started searching back through my memory to try to deter-mine why I had succumbed to liberal dogma. The following things came to mind.

I remember the Roosevelt election of 1940; I remember a few farmers and businesspersons standing in front of a small town theater discussing why social security was so much cheaper than re-tirement insurance. It was the excessive profits made by the greedy insurances companies. I re-member standing on the front steps of a small country church listening to several deacon farmers discussing why it was ok for them to apply for the 501 C3 Tax exemptions. It was not because of sepa-ration of church and state. It was for the same rea-son that the Tax-free Foundations were setup and

justified in 1909. They were doing social good. I remember in the 8th grade that The Weekly Reader had an article in which they stated as fact that they knew how to end poverty, but poor people were to proud to accept the help. Now, about 60 years later they seem to have solved half the problem. Now, many poor people are not quite so proud but we still have not eliminated or reduced those the gov-ernment defines as poor!!!

Though I am still pro-freedom for everybody, I have become very cautious, when groups of Repub-lican and Democrat moderates get involved in na-tion building. We did it in Germany, Italy and Japan after WW II and in Korea; however, we allowed the Liberal left progressives (LIBS) to cut our allies, the Chinese and the South Vietnamese off at the knees and 10’s of millions died needlessly. President Carter also cut (the anti-communist, anti terrorist Christians and Muslims, as well as, the Shaw of Iran) off at the knees, and helped put the Ayatollahs in power. Tens, perhaps hundreds of thousands of Iranians died!!! I had an Iranian friend whose twin sister after several years of the Carter solution, in protest drenched herself in gas and set herself on fire. Supporting freedom is good but let’s do it in such a way as to not let the LIBS set these good people up for slaughter. This includes Iraq and Af-ghanistan. I have over 60 years of actively following history and current events. I hope and pray, what I have to say can be of help to you!!!

(58) DEFICITS, DEBT; with the CLINTON AND OBAMA SPIN: Here are a couple of examples of how Democrat Party activists and the LIB media use designer “facts and history”, sound bite politics and spin doctor democracy to manipulate the minds of casual and partisan voters to control elections and a political agenda.

What is the difference between a deficit and debt? Deficit is what you have spent in the last ac-counting year that exceeded income. Taxes, in the case of governments. Debt is how much excessive spending you have accumulated total over the total period of time Deficit spending has been occurring.

There is a somewhat plausible argument that Clinton balanced the budget. It is not true, howev-er. They counted the funds collected for Social Se-curity, however, the future liabilities that were ac-crued with them were not considered as expenses. No auditor would ever allow a business (insurance company for example) to get away with this unless he was being paid under the table.

However, the real story is worse than this. In 1994, after 40 years, the Republicans won control of the House, which is responsible for initiating all money bills. They refused to rubber stamp Clinton’s excessive spending bills. This disagreement lasted for months. Some thought the government might be shut down for lack of funds being appropriated. The LIB media was attacking the Republican Con-gress every day for their irrational cruel uncaring behavior. Congress and Clinton finally came to an agreement that was above what the House wanted but far below what Clinton had requested. They also passed Welfare Reform. These latter changes Clinton, the Democrat Party, and the mass media fought and Clinton vetoed twice, but the LIBS now give Clinton the credit, for getting people off wel-fare, not the Republican Congress.

The Obama trick on deficit spending is to blame the problem on Bush. He claims the Bush deficit was $1.3 trillion for 2008 and his is only $1.4 trillion for 2009. Obama and his administration ignore the fact that almost $800 billion of Bush’s 1300 billion, was borrowed to loan to the financial industry, sup-posedly to stop a financial meltdown. Most Demo-crats including Obama voted for it.

The loan was to be loaned out and when paid back applied to the debt, not spent on expanding Federal bureaucracies, subsidizing bloated State bureaucracies nor used for income transfers as is




Obama’s $1,400 billion ($1.4 trillion). Of Bush’s $700 billion loan 200 billion was never spent and could be applied to the debt immediately and of the almost 500 billion that was loaned out, almost $250 billion has been paid back and the current law re-quires it be applied to the debt. This reduces Bush’s $1.3 trillion down to $750 billion and with $250 bil-lion or more that may still come in.

A potential $6oo billion deficit to Obama’s 1,400 billion (1.4 trillion), about a 2.5 to 1 differ-ence!!! How does this happen? When the govern-ment borrows money it shows up as a deficit even if it is re-loaned and is to be paid back. Bush was blamed for the loan, as they pay it back Obama gets the credit. Can spin become a lie???

Bush also had the economic shock of 9/11 and the cost of developing, producing and deploying much of the equipment and weaponry now reduc-ing our casualties in the war on terror by Obama.

These are two examples of how far the liberal left progressives (LIBS) are willing to bend the truth to promote their agenda. For them a lie is the truth if they can convince enough people it is true to win an election. That strategy has been a part of the Communist tool kit at least since Lenin. A lie by def-inition is the truth if it advances the Com-socialist cause.

(59) GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS FROM WHERE DID THEY COME?: The Federal constitution made no government provision for schools as we know them today. About 1810 The Secular Humanists and the disciples of Robert Owen attempted to get public schools established in Boston. A survey showed that about 90% of children, were already in private or church run schools and that most of the remainder did not want to go to school, therefore, Boston didn’t set up a government controlled school system.

This group and Horace Mann, a Massachusetts state representative, who was also a disciple of Ow-en, had a close working relationship. He actively led a political movement to increase the state govern-ments influence in education. Horace Mann moved to Boston and elected to the State Senate. In 1837, he was finally successful. Mann resigned from the Senate, and became the first State Superintendent of Education in Massachusetts. Because many church and private schools were using The New England Primer and the 1836 McGuffey’s readers with phonics, something the Secular Humanists were interested in keeping out of the government schools. Horace Mann was the first to push sight-reading in school. He became aware of the tech-nique from a friend, who taught children to read who could not hear, thus phonics had no value for them.

Why is phonics useful for those who can hear? Most children by the age of 5 years have about a 1000 word speaking vocabulary. If they learn phon-ics, it becomes their reading vocabulary. With phonics when you come across a new word, you look at the spelling to determine its sound. Chil-dren who learn phonics tend to be much better spellers. Children who learn phonics can quickly learn new material. Those who learn only sight-reading must turn to an authority figure to tell them what the word is. They look to authority. Those who learn phonics tend to develop a self-reliant disposition.

In speed reading there is an advantage to sight reading, however if you want to learn speed reading after you learn phonics I recommend you learn to shift from one to the other as needed. In addition, most speed-readers I have known do not analyze the material they are reading critically. They tend to store it and repeat it back as stored but not ana-lyzed. They are good victims of propaganda and

sound bites. It makes it easier for authoritarian governments to control the people.

In the late 1890s, States tended to prevent State controlled school system by establishing au-tonomous school systems controlled by a locally elected school board. They had absolute control over the school system. School Districts and School Boards were a single layer single purpose govern-ment system. One of the early ways states started getting around this was they started paying schools to teach approved State history. It tended to grow from there but looking back it did not get better it got worse. Therefore, they decided to let the Fed-eral Government help out and things got worse again. Let us consider going back letting local citi-zens and their elected school boards run the gov-ernment schools and the parents who want to use them do so.

See Item 7, EFFECTIVE EDUCATIONAL TESTING AND FREEDOM for further insight for school and educational improvement.

To read something that will give insight into the problem and suggest solutions get “AMERICA’S SCHOOLS The Battleground for Freedom” by Allen Quist.

(60) THE SUCCESSES OF SOCIAL SECURITY AND MEDICARE ARE THEY REAL? Henry Hazlet in his book “ECONOMICS IN ONE LESSON” pointed out how to understand economic problems by examin-ing the, “seen and the unseen”. This is somewhat difficult to do with government solutions to prob-lems. They do not sell their solutions to each per-son. They use force to extract money from the many and use it for the benefit of the few with an implied promise to pay the many later.

Private insurance companies, selling policies under similar conditions, would go out of business and the leaders probably sent to jail.

Both Social Security and Medicare are running future deficits of 10’s of trillions of dollars each. They do not save the money coming in for these programs. They spend it just like all other taxes. The so-called SOCIAL SECURITY LOCK BOX, that they created was a lie, did not change the problem. All it did was create some paperwork that says the gov-ernment borrowed the money, before they spent it, and they were going to pay interest on it. Future taxpayers are still going to have to pick up the bill when it comes due in the future, or leave those out in the cold whose retirement and future healthcare dollars, they squandered on a current big govern-ment agenda, when it becomes obvious the pro-grams are unsupportable. They conceal the ineffi-ciencies of the programs with time and pushing them into the future. They hope to force a shrink-ing group of young workers to pay for the expand-ing group of retirees. This could ultimately result in the United States becoming a third world nation. Or, future taxpayers revolting and cutting off the programs TO SAVE THE COUNTRY. This would leave those who are now paying into and in the future depending on these scams, out in the cold!!!

We do not know what type of solutions people would have come up with if politicians had not forced the cost of Social Security and Medicare down everybody’s throat and prevented a free mar-ket solution. What we have is the seen. What we did not get because of what was forced down our throat is the unseen. What we do know is that old people were surviving before Social Security and older people were getting health care before Medi-care. We have no way of knowing what solutions the free market would have developed if govern-ment had not confiscated the problem using uncon-stitutional methods.

In the 30’s Social security was sold primarily as a way to get older people out of the workforce so younger people could have the limited number of jobs available in society and indirectly as a way to reward older people for a lifetime of hard work. In reality, it undermined the “social security”, power

and productivity of the nuclear family. It paved the way for less private responsibility and wealth; and more and more taxes and bigger and bigger LIB con-trolled government bureaucracies.

Social Security is now, after allowing for infla-tion, over 10 times as costly as it was at first, much more than what people were told, when Congress approved this Ponzi scheme. Is it possible national-ized health care will be similar? What will the seen vs. the unseen be with health care???

(61) WHAT ARE THE REAL EFFECTS OF MINI-MUM WAGE AND UNEMPLOYMENT SUPPORT LAW? This is another case of the seen and the un-seen. We see what the employee can do with a minimum wage or the unemployment check. We don’t see who was forced to stay unemployed, or what work the unemployed workers would have accepted if they did not have those checks. Nor what the workers or employers who paid taxes to support these non-productivity programs would have done with the money had they not had to sup-port those programs. The one thing we do know is that all government programs have a bureaucratic overhead. They also create a psychology insecure voting bloc, both in government and in the work-force that tends to vote for liberal left progressive (LIB) candidates and not to maximize liberty and justice.

Those who are unemployed because of mini-mum wages are neither learning a work ethic, a job skill, making any wages or providing any prod-ucts or services that society wants. The taxes that are paid to pay unemployment benefits are not available to make new jobs and thus reduce unem-ployment.

Before minimum wage laws over 90% of young people were employed and more blacks than whites. Now over 50% of young blacks are unem-ployed and about 25% of whites. That is not pro-gress.

The LIBS claim that those who collect unem-ployment really pay it. That is not true those who never collect unemployment really pay it!!!

How long does the average unemployed person use the benefits? A week or two before or after the benefits run out. Does that suggest that the length of the program is about right or that the in-centive to get a job has changed!!! I suspect it would be far more fruitful to pay a fixed amount of termination pay, unless terminated for cause, and let the person have the choice of wasting the mon-ey and the time or getting a job sooner. I suspect it would cost overall half as much and they would be back helping pull the wagon rather than riding in it and letting those who are working pull them.

(62) FAIR TRADE AND FREE TRADE DIFFER-ENCE: Fair-trade is where both nations benefit from the trade arrangement and not undermine either’s, economy nor national security. Now de-fine free trade as no restrictions on imports into the USA. However, there are frequently import re-strictions in these countries on our products. In ad-dition, many countries with a VALUE ADDED TAX rebated the tax on exported goods. This creates a trade bias in their favor and against US manufac-tures who have to include US taxes in their prices.

Many conservatives argue free trade and give no thought to fair trade. There are many examples of tariff abuse in history however; there are many examples of free trade abuse in our current “one world economy”.

For example, there is little benefit to freedom in exporting our jobs, technology and manufacturing techniques and equipment to China and subsidizing the importing of their cheap labor goods. The com-munists who control China are doing very little to expand freedom or promote a better standard of living for their people. Instead, they are using our




technology and manufacturing techniques and to some extent our capital to build their industrial base plus the profits from the sale of products in our free trade market to build and advance their military capabilities.

I am sure there are many liberal left progres-sives (LIBS) as well as a few conservatives, who are becoming multi millionaires, as facilitators, in this unholy alliance. However, I am fearful that it is do-ing nothing for freedom or the US economy and very little for the freedom and prosperity of the Chi-nese people. However, it is doing a great deal for the International Communist movement, and espe-cially the Chinese Communist military!!!

What do the LIBS in our government do for the producers in the United States? They encourage card check and anti-economic unproductive policies of LIBS in labor unions. They promote costly restric-tive bureaucratic paper work and restrictions on business productivity. Our businesses pay taxes to support the ports and build the infrastructure that helps importers deliver the goods that compete with our local manufactures. They promote mini-mum wage laws that undermine the hiring and training of new employees (over 50% of young blacks are unemployed). Prior to minimum wage laws over 90% of all races were employed and learning to be productive. Supply and demand for labor determined wages, and profits made jobs!!!

Is there a fair tariff, to go with a fair tax? Before income taxes, a major portion of Federal income was tariffs. They encourage a more secure econo-my that is resistant to world economy manipula-tors. I believe that a properly designed fair tariff system would be a plus for 95% or more of the peo-ple in every country in terms of personal and na-tional security and standard of living. If taxes or tariffs are to bias the economy in any direction it should be toward economic autonomy. I suggest a minimum of 5% with a quarterly adjusted tariff raised and lowered to drive the unbalance of trade toward zero with and override feature that makes the tariff twice as high on countries where the bal-ance of trade is 2 to 1 in their favor but drops to 5% with countries where the balance is in our favor. This would help avoid domestic companies from having to subsidize foreign competition. I believe this would be fair trade! It would not be a political favor for an industry in a particular congresspersons district to keep prices high compared to other prod-ucts.

(63) CAN WE HELP THE CITIZENS OF MEXICO UNDERSTAND THE TOOLS AND IMPORTANCE OF LIBERTY AND JUSTICE IN PRIVATE AND NATIONAL PROSPERITY? Why has Mexico stayed a poor na-tion while the United States Including that portion that was bought from Mexico in the mid 1800s prospered? It is not likely genetics since many of the people who lived in the area at the time had the same genetics and they prospered with the rest of the people in the USA. The main thing that was dif-ferent was the system of government in Mexico in contrast with the three level systems of Constitu-tional Republics with STATE Constitutional Repub-lics having primary sovereignty. The states de-signed what most of us view as county level govern-ments controlled by local citizens. The primary po-lice powers were in the hands of an elected sheriff. These counties also included an elected legislative body, an elected judiciary and an elected prosecu-tor. This system of governments did not eliminate corruption but it did minimize it and made it possi-ble to keep most of it at the local level where the local citizenry could more effectively deal with it. Mexico needs to look at this.

A major part of Mexico’s economic problems was a result of a major move toward socialism and corruption in the early 1900s.

What about stopping illegal aliens and securing our borders? Securing the border would be a plus to the prosperity of Mexico. An economy and gov-ernment influenced by DRUG GANGS who make their money by running drugs to the United States and returning with guns stolen from homes in bur-glaries used to support drug habits. The people who come here illegally to do legal work must live under threats from the criminal element. It was the unions and the LIBS who stopped the BRACERO pro-gram that permitted Mexicans to come here and work primarily in the seasonal harvesting of fruits and vegetables, then go home with their money and experience and help make Mexico a better place to live. Most of the illegal aliens do not come here for ulterior reasons. They come here for the same reasons most of us are glad we live here, to enjoy the prosperity of a free enterprise system.

These people are the ones Mexico needs to work and help fight crime and bureaucratic ineffi-ciency and corruption. Bureaucratic greed provides fertilizer to grow criminal corruption. Here good illegal aliens innocently provide cover for the crimi-nal gangs that exploit our poorly controlled borders. They are afraid to go to the police. Sure, many are hard working and productive, that is what Mexico also needs!!! Let us help and encourage Mexico and Mexican citizens to become better, free and prospers neighbors.

(64) WHAT IS A JOB AND ARE ALL JOBS EQUAL? When we hear news about the jobless rate going up or down most of us do not think a lot about what a job is or how they differ. The “mass-looser-media” treats all government “jobs” as equal to free market jobs and all free market and part time jobs as equal. There is a vast difference. I will try to provide in-sight into why all jobs do not promote prosperity or improve the average standard of living. In fact, most “government jobs” lower the average stand-ard of living by allowing non-productive members of society to take goods out of the products pot without putting anything in the pot. In fact, in many instances the harder a government employee works the harder it is for productive workers to be productive.

Most of the government jobs that are helpful in a free enterprise system are not productive but protective. They protect life, limb, and property. They are fire fighters, the police and the military. Most somewhat productive government jobs are at the city and county level and in socialist and Com-munist countries, where governments eliminate competition!!!

Let us take a quick look at the difference be-tween what a free enterprise entrepreneur does when he creates a job and what the government or anybody does or may do when they put someone to work.

A good job requires a great deal of creative thought, planning, investment, management, re-cruiting and training, and it usually is expected to be productive doing something, that people want or need, for years. When you miss work because of sickness or weather, you are not out of a job. In addition, you can put somebody to work for an af-ternoon raking leaves or scooping snow, but its hard say you have created a job.

Most government attempts to create jobs un-dermine economic growth and prosperity. Govern-ments at best usually put people to work at a high cost to taxpayers, but they seldom create good jobs or even jobs. Even when a government awards a contract to build a bridge, they do not create a job. The person that gets the award, and put the man-agement, planning, equipment, and skilled workers together and does the work, which result in produc-tivity is really the job creator.

Generally, most of us do not think of those who are small business owners and entrepreneurs as having a job but the truth is these are some of our most productive workers and jobs. Some jobs in

the restaurant business require over 50,000 dollars of investment, months to years of planning and weeks to months of worker training before the jobs are productive and profitable. Jobs in other busi-nesses are usually even more costly. Some jobs in the oil field industry cost millions of dollars each for the equipment necessary to be productive, espe-cially off shore drilling rigs and months to years of training before workers are productive enough to earn their pay. The gas line from Alaska to the Unit-ed States, will provide jobs for a few people when in operation, but inexpensive fuel for the homes and businesses of millions. These will be very expensive but extremely productive jobs.

Government paychecks seldom produce pro-ductive jobs. They consume productive jobs by cre-ating leaks or interruptions in the flow of the pro-ducer to consumer goods and services cycle. In fact, government bureaucrats make about 30% more with fringe benefits, then the average produc-tive worker gets and they are seldom laid-off. Mar-tin L. Gross pointed out in “NATIONAL SUICIDE” on page 80, that in the first four years of the current decade, they only terminated 136 employees out of 1,900,000. Are we selling freedom at a profit, and who’s getting the profit???

Where do good long-term productive jobs come from? From the investments of people’s savings and labor, especially the savings and labor of small business operators, who are millionaires or are striving to become millionaires. When we tax away their profits for making jobs, we are left with wel-fare, unemployment, government bureaucrats AND more poverty. Small business millionaires consume much less of their income then blue collar and gov-ernment workers and invest a much higher percent-age of their time and income expanding their busi-ness and making more and better jobs for others. Every welfare recipient and many if not most gov-ernment “jobs” consume the wealth needed to make more productive jobs.

Only productive jobs improve our average standard of living and in general our security!!!

Sickness, injuries, theft, bad weather, vandal-ism, equipment breakdown, taxes, bureaucratic required paper work, unnecessary bureaucratic re-strictions, minimum wages, unemployment benefits all reduce the flow in this critical profit controlled free enterprise producer/consumer cycle, which is catalytically amplified by a stable trustworthy mon-ey system (medium of exchange). This is necessary for long-term contracts and planning.

(65) THE TRUTH BEHIND ALTERNATIVE HEALTH CARE or Complementary Medicine: There has been tremendous progress made in surgical procedures and diagnostic equipment in the past century and even in patient medicine; however, I believe pro-gress was made in spite of the FDA as much as or more then because of it. Their bureaucratic author-itarianism, is often a stumbling block, instead of a stepping-stone. To their advantage, the homosexu-al community actively opposed the FDA’S AIDS treatment development restrictions.

The MDR of vitamins was an interesting start at the time but it assumed that no long-term effects on immunity, the circulatory system, strokes, de-pression, diabetes, etc. would occur. They also as-sumed that anything they had not put on the MDR list was unimportant. There is a great deal of re-search both in foreign countries and domestically that indicates that health could be improved and healthcare costs reduced by 20 to 30% or more, if more people were aware of why and how supple-ments can improve health. I believe at least 30 to 40% of people would be healthier, feel better and live longer if they understood and used supple-ments.

The development of antibiotics, sulfa drugs and WWII resulted in significant advances in medicine and surgical skills related to caring for battle




wounds. This created an attitude that we did not need the old medical and nutritional knowledge.

First the pharmaceutical companies and the AMA convinced the politicians that we needed an FDA to slow the proliferation of competitive drugs. Later the pharmaceutical companies, the AMA and FDA bureaucrats convinced the politicians they need to be given control of nutritional supplements that could not be patented but could compete with their patent medicines. During the 1990’s they re-tracted some of this authority. Today a very inces-tuous monetary relationship has developed be-tween FDA bureaucrats and the pharmaceutical companies, and between Politicians and pharma-ceutical lobbyist, for example Tom Daschle.

There are many good Doctors and Pharmacists however, the med and pharmacy schools do not train scientist, and they train technicians. They re-quire them to memorize massive amounts of pre-sanctified information. Many work long hard hours but submit to a system that provides them with a good living, if they do not rock the boat. However, if they do not submit they ridicule, brow beat, fine, and even jail them.

A few biochemists, MD’s and nutritionists, chal-lenged the system and we owe them a great deal. Some examples are Linus Pauling a leader in quan-tum chemistry, Molecular biology, and orthomolec-ular medicine. He was also a Nobel Prize winner in chemistry in 1954.

There are, many good Medical Doctors and nu-tritional scientist that study, develop and recom-mend nutritional supplements., I am acquitted with the work of: Dr. Julian Whitaker MD, who worked with Dr. Pauling and now has a clinic in Southern California. And, Dr. Jonathan V. Wright who has the Tahoma Clinic in King County, Washington; Dr. Da-vid G. Williams who has a ranch outside Lubbock Texas and travels the world searching for new ideas and information for his newsletter. Also, Dr. Wil-liam Campbell Douglas II, M.D, who is now living in and broadcasting from a South American country to avoid the FDA. All are on the internet and publish newsletters.

Dr. Douglas is in his 80’s and has been fighting the system for over 40 years that I know of. He has studied and practiced medicine all over the world, including Africa and Russia at the Pasteur Institute after the Berlin Wall fell.

The government does not help you find a good nutritionist or a Medical doctor who understands nutrition. That you will have to do for yourself, however, the truth is we have been doing that with medical doctors and businesses for decades.

It is my belief that if the FDA is to be useful, it should be encouraging testing and informing people of their results, not enforcing their agenda. People should be allowed to review their arguments as well as the arguments of those supporting nutritional supplements, and if clearly informed make their own decision.

I

(66) ANECDOTAL SCIENCE VS. DOUBLE BLIND ERROR: Double blind studies are usually used in the medical profession in testing drugs. They are useful in reducing the bias of the party that wants results from the test to be favorable to them, but also to prevent random variables and the placebo effect from biasing the results. However far too often in-telligent people wind up worshiping at the altar of the double blind study and don’t analyze how the double blind study was set up, what it tested for, and what was left out. That which they wish to dis-credit they call anecdotal.

Most of the major discoveries in history have started with an anecdotal observation (sometimes accidental) and somebody making further anecdotal observations and doing intelligent analysis. The

analysis then resulted in developing a hypothesis, which attempted to explain what they observed. If a useful hypothesis, it predicts something that was unknown prior to the development of the hypothe-sis. For example, Einstein’s Quantum Field hypoth-esis predicted that a gravity field would deflect light traveling through it. When tested it was. It was the testable predictions that his hypothesis made, that promoted it to a theory.

Most of the serious side effects of approved drugs that have gone through double blind tests, were discovered with anecdotal observations. Sev-eral anecdotal observations can result in data that can become statistically significant. The FDA often ridicules.

There are also many ways to check a hypothe-sis, especially with respect to human nutrition. Nu-tritional customs of the past can be a place to start looking. We can also observe the nutritional cus-toms of foreign cultures, sometimes-isolated tribal cultures. The FDA and many medical doctors, in this country are very concerned about iodine being toxic if consumed in quantities significantly above the government minimum daily requirement. They show no awareness of and do not consider the fact that some Japanese cultures, who consume a lot of seafood, get many times as much Iodine without negative side effects and some positive effects. This does not mean there are not people who are sensitive to iodine, or that consuming pure iodine is acceptable.

Far too often, the FDA and the medical profes-sion especially the American Medical Association (AMA) convert a reasonable hypothesis into a “fact” and never test it. One example was hen eggs and cholesterol in which people were discouraged from eating eggs for almost 20 years. A second example is the promoting the use of hydrogenated vegetable oils over butter and lard for almost 40 years before the anecdotal evidence became so overwhelming that they quietly conceded the error. Government and the mass media promoted, a reasonable hy-pothesis, to a “fact.” They don’t perform the test-ing and monitoring required to promote a hypothe-sis to a plausible theory, thus the error.

The mass media, the FDA, and the soft sciences have abused the use of hypothesis, theory and fact to the extent that many in the general public don’t understand the difference, and those who wish to falsely use the term science to promote a political agenda usually get away with it for years, for exam-ple global warming. They then used the “global warming problem” to promote a one-world govern-ment agenda as the solution.

Could it also be that the large increase in hyper-activity disorder in schools is the result of a (government subsidized) “Ritalin deficiency” pro-gram, while the real problem is too much sugar and/or allergies, as some in the medical profession and many nutritionists claim?

(67) GOD GIVEN INDIVIDUAL RIGHT VS. GOV-ERNMENT CONTROLLED COLLECTIVE PRIVILEGE!!! : The Declaration of Independence defines rights of life, liberty and pursuit of happiness as coming from God. While the Bill of Rights, the first 10 amend-ments, to the Constitution, defines a list of rights and powers they specifically withheld, from the Federal Government these restrictions do not apply to the States. The 9th and 10th amendments to the Bill of Rights also states that all sovereignty not spe-cifically delegated to the federal government are reserved to the States and the people respectively. The primary restriction that the original Constitu-tion put on the States was that they be a republic. Most of the restrictions applied only to the Federal Government. The States could be socialist and have health care if they wished. However, failure at the State level stands out quickly like a sore thumb and prevents it from becoming viral and spreading.

(68) THE RISE OF SECULAR HUMANISTS AND DEISTS: In the mid 1700’s anti Christian secular humanism was on the rise. Many viewed Voltaire as the intellectual leader of that movement and he was not ashamed to accept it. He would brag that using history and geography he had proven the Bible false. In addition, he claimed that within a hundred years the only place you would find a Bi-ble would be in a museum. There were historical references in the Bible, that secular history didn’t support and there were references to cities in cer-tain geographical locations where there was no evi-dence of a city. To some extent, the deist move-ment was a result of those who accepted Voltaire’s proofs as valid but were unwilling to give up the belief that there was a God (A CREATOR).

A hundred years later the Bible was still popular. Most of Voltaire’s “proofs”, were proven false. Archeologists started to uncover the cities under hills where the ancient cities were supposed to exist and writing was discovered on a rock can-yon wall that an ancient king had had carved there. Marx and Darwin saved the secular humanist move-ment with “SCIENTIFIC SOCIALISM” and the EVOLU-TIONARY “facts” HYPOTHESIS. With Voltaire’s proofs discredited, the Deist movement lost its credibility.

Today the LIBERAL LEFT PROGRESSIVES (LIBS) make much of the fact that Jefferson was somewhat a Deist. They ignore, it was under the influence of Voltaire’s “false proofs” and not, be-cause of his rejecting Christianity. He cut out sec-tions of the New Testament and pasted them to-gether. They called it the Jefferson Bible.

(69) THE BIBLE AS A STUDY OF HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY, GOVERNMENT, PSYCHOLOGY, HU-MAN RELATIONS, MIRACLES, PROPHESY, ETC; AND ITS ENEMIES: The Bible can be studied from many perspectives, or as a combination of all. It extends over a longer time than most religious and secular documents and has had more influence on history than any other document. The Bible was cited more than any other book in the discussions that resulted in our Constitution and Bill of Rights. The history and geography that Voltaire thought he had used to prove the Bible wrong has when tested been wrong. As a book of prophesy the Bible has an interesting history.

As prophesy, how would a person be able to predict about 3000 years ago that there would be a time when Knowledge would expand, almost expo-nentially? The expansion of knowledge started about 200 years ago (it might be extended back 500 years). However, the real surge started about 100 years ago, and today Knowledge is doubling every few years. Ref. Bible, Daniel 12:4

Christianity for the last 200 years has ex-panded primarily by believers witnessing to others, and people studying the Bible. The Muslims have expanded primarily through government coercion, intimidation and war. Moreover, they discouraged Christianity by government suppression of Bibles, Bible study and witnessing by Christians. Satellite communications and TV may circumvent this.

There are examples of agnostic intellectuals such as C S Lewis setting out to study and disprove the Bible, and developing faith and accepting Chris-tianity

There are examples of Muslim jihadist stud-ying the Bible to prove it wrong and finding its mes-sage of love, kindness and personal salvation supe-rior to the Muslim message of hate, terror, slaugh-ter and slavery and accept Christianity. Many Mus-lim dominated nations execute converts if they re-veal and/or explain their experience to others.

However there are millions of anti-Christians who have spent little or no time studying the Bible but have developed faith in “SCIENTIFIC SOCIALISM” from the words and writings of Ego-




lectuals of the left such as Marx, Engels, Lenin, Mao Tse-tung, (Cloward and Pevin), and Saul Alinsky.

(70) CHRISTIAN ACTIVISTS VS. COMMUNIST, SECULAR HUMANISTS, AND HOMOSEXUAL ACTIV-IST: There is a significant difference in how Chris-tians treat those they disagree with and how these three groups treat Christians. Much if not most of what we think of as Communism started with the French Revolution of 1789. That movement was secular humanist and anti-Christian and many church leaders were subject to execution. During the Spanish Revolution of the 1930’s in which many LBS participated was significantly Communist domi-nated. It is estimated Russia sent as many as 40,000. There were many instances in which a con-gregation and the Priest or pastor, were rounded up and locked in their church, and burned to death.

Rev. Richard Wurmbrand was an underground Romanian pastor. The Communists put him in pris-on and tortured him trying to get him to reveal the members of his congregation. He told the story of another underground pastor who had watched his, 16 years old, son tortured to death, while they were trying to get his father to reveal the members of his home congregation. His son was begging him not to tell.

Some secular humanists are not Communists but all Communists are secular humanists. Most if not all secular humanists and homosexual activists, speak of Christians, contemptibly. Though Chris-tians think secular humanists are unsaved and ho-mosexuals are sinners, they generally at worst want to talk to them and pray for them.

Christians may cite Biblical reasons for opposi-tion to these groups, but if they take an active inter-est, they honestly try to study them and go by what they say and do. The anti Christian pro statist groups and the “mass looser media” (create a name) TOKENIZE their opposition. They call them McCarthyites, neo Nazis, Birchers, kooks, extrem-ists, right-wingers, birthers, Christian fanatics, etc. They create and label the box, and then there is no need to give facts or logic to support their argu-ment. Just put them in the box. The LIBS and the mass media then, just throw them in the box and everybody is supposed to know they are bad and not be so dumb as to ask why. What are the facts and logic behind putting them in the box?

(71) NEW WORLD ORDER, WHAT IS IT? : It’s a phrase you seldom hear used in the mass media, but you sometimes see used by “insider” groups at their insider meetings, and by “outsider” groups that claim there are ego-lectual cliques that are, behind the scenes, trying to set up a one world governing system their cliques can use to behind the scenes, and control the world. I will start out by quoting one of these groups, to show what they think it means.

Official definition of the NEW WORLD ORDER from the Brandt Commission, Socialist Internation-al meeting in West Germany, in February, 1991: “A supra national authority to regulate commerce and industry; an international organization that would control the production and consumption of oil; an international currency that would replace the dol-lar; a world development fund that would make funds available to free and Communist nations alike; an international police force to enforce the edicts of the New World Order.”

We find this agenda, with the insiders of the French Revolution of 1789, as well as with Napole-on, who was the Hitler counterpart of the Com-munist attempt to take over Germany. In both in-stances, you can find some of the super rich and those in international banking involved. Napoleon, had the Rothschild family, Hitler had the Krupp’s. However for Marx It was the ego-lectual, younger

siblings of British Nobility. This was at least partially because they were upset with primogenitor laws which allowed the eldest son to inherent the family wealth, while they became Professors, lawyers, physicians and government bureaucrats.

In the world today, the leadership seems to be concentrated in the International banking cartels and the market and money manipulators. They seem to have a very synergistic relationship. The mass media, the Marxist and the socialists seldom seriously challenge their authority. They operate in a semisecret to secret mode and bring in new mem-bers only by invitation and I am sure only after they have observed them for a significant period. Some of these groups active in the USA and the world are; the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) associated with the British Royal Institute of International Af-fairs established in 1919/1921. The Bilderberg Group established at the invitation of Prince Bern-hard of the Netherlands at the end of WWII. As well as, the Trilateral Commission Established in 1973 by David Rockefeller and Berezniki just prior to the Carter administration. In fact, they intro-duced Carter at a meeting in Japan, as the next president of the United States. Fund to Restore an Educated Electorate (FREE) a group out of Waco Texas frequently puts out a broadside that shows some of their members who are in high positions of power and influence. It is amazing how many mem-bers they have at high levels of government. If they have a secret agenda, they are defiantly in a posi-tion to promote it from the inside. FREE has been doing this for several years. The broadside is inter-esting and would perhaps be enlightening for many.

(72) What is the Chinese Communist agenda, as determined from their own words and deeds? Are the Chinese Communists mellowing out moving slightly to the right, and accepting a Fascist / Nazi type economy or are they doing what Stalin did (with Henry Ford and other industrialist in the early 30’s, and Roosevelt arranged to be done with U.S. credit). Stalin pretended to be moving toward free enterprise in order to get us to transfer major amounts of technology, manufacturing capability, and capital to them so they could advance their mil-itary capability.

Is this what happened with ($300,000,000+ of gold at today’s prices) to get them to let him (Nixon) come to China and talk with them? This was supposedly to split them away from Russia. Since then we have assisted them in expanding their manufacturing base 20 to 30 times. We have sent manufacturing equipment, technology, manu-facturing experts and technicians to help them work out the bugs in their management, manufacturing and inspection processes. Then made (USA) local manufactures pay taxes to subsidize the importing of their consumer products. We keep the “credit money problem” jobs and continue to export manu-facturing technology and jobs. The Chinese use the profits on these items to tempt or intimidate others to export their manufacturing jobs to China (to take advantage of “free trade” and stay ahead of compe-tition) and away from American unions, much high-er wages and bureaucratic harassment by our gov-ernments.

One of Clinton’s financial supporters and China exporter, got permission to export highly precision manufacturing equipment, which allowed them to improve the accuracy of their missiles to the point they could COMMERCIALLY launch communication satellites, and perhaps nuclear missile to protect themselves from Russia. What else are they doing with their new technology and profits? They are building a fleet of submarines. Perhaps they are to protect them from their trading partners, North Korea and/or Iran!!!

We can get insight into Russian Communist tac-tics from Solzhenitsyn’s book “Gulag Archipelago,” Granowsk’s book “I WAS AN NKVD AGENT” and the “THE VERONA FILE” Which was the intercepted and

decoded cables from Moscow to their undercover agents in the US State Department. Revered Leslie Millan’s audio tapes “COMMUNIST TAKE OVER IN CHINA” provides some insight into what Communist Chinese thinking and technique were like, just pre-ceding, and in the early years after the takeover.

Rev. Millan was a liberal Canadian Methodist missionary to Nanking in China before, during and after the takeover. Because of his liberal disposi-tion, he did not flee ahead of early Communist ad-vances, as did many, thus he both saw and experi-enced the transition. His story is very insightful and somewhat nauseating.

Rev Millan points out how during the early peace offensive they urged all the people in the city, to turn in their guns and they were stacked high and burned before a big celebration.

He points out how much if not most of the cor-ruption in the National Government turned out to be by Communist agents that had infiltrated the government.

He points out how proud his secret Communist custodian was in showing him the microphone he had hidden in the beautiful desk he had made for him, so they could monitor Rev. Millan’s conversa-tions.

He points out how his very helpful (secret Com-munist) assistant, had volunteered to conduct a class for problem children. He had used it to indoc-trinate them in Communism and disclose to him their parent’s conversations. They later used these against the parents.

He points out how the sports field for the school was used for citywide show trials in which they frequently used the information these children provided. This was used as evidence. They placed the parents on a platform where all could see them and had a show trial. They executed some while the crowd watched.

He points out how, frequently during the trials and executions several children would go into con-vulsions and die. The school staff was required to collect the bodies and arrange them along the wall outside the school and the parents would come at night and claim their children’s bodies.

He pointed out how one of the girls, his assis-tant had indoctrinated in Communism, testified against her mother and was to be given the honor of stabbing her mother to death. She failed several times, and was finally, taken away for several weeks. She later executed her mother, on the same platform by stabbing her several times. Rev. Milan said she showed no emotions. She reacted like a robot.

He pointed out how one of the Communists who was responsible for the show trial, when ask why they wanted the people to watch the trials and executions pointed out to him that was not what they were doing. It was so they could watch the reactions of the people in the crowd as they watched the executions.

He pointed out how they went through this cy-cle several times. A new group of operatives would arrive. They would condemn the behavior of the previous group, till they got their confidence and the people started talking again. After a while, a different group would arrive and the new infor-mation would be used in new show trials. The exe-cutions would start over.

He points out how he was later required to at-tend one of the Communist indoctrination courses, held in the honey pot room of a Buddhist temple. It was a room, in which barrels were buried in the floor and covered with boards. They were used to hold human waste, which was to be used for fertiliz-er. He said that when the instructors of the course would ask him a question he would not give the answer they wanted but would quote a verse of scripture that flashed into his mind. He said several




of those in the class professed the acceptance of Christ. When they did, they forced them into one of the barrels of human waste and the board placed over their head and stood on until they drowned.

He told about the leader of the indoctrination squad, insisting that he come up to the platform and prove GOD’S power. He said he kneeled on the platform and started praying that God would reveal himself by blinding the leader, and while he was praying scales grew over the leader’s eyes. He started screaming and became irrational. Early the next morning they heard shots. They never saw him again.

Rev. Millan said they finally broke him. He later got out of China, but chose not to disclose how it happened. These are some of the high lights of his insight into Communist techniques and successes.

Now let us examine some of the current think-ing of one of the more recent Communist Military leaders.

As the Chinese (500 BC) philosopher Sun Tzu Wu said in “The Art of War”, the most successful way to conquer is to get the enemy to surrender without a fight. Chi Haotia Vice-Chairman of Chi-na’s Military Commission at the time (December 2005) emphasized this in a speech.

He was speaking to a group of leaders of the Chinese Military. In his speech, he pointed out the benefits of biological weapons over nuclear weap-ons in terms of cost and preserving of infrastructure for the use of Chinese immigrants. There has also been discussion of using high-level explosions of neutron bombs. This would deactivate our electric grid and our electronic controls in cars, houses, hos-pitals, etc. Is it possible that if they used both they would synergistically improve the effectiveness of the other. He also did not denounce Hitler for his super race agenda...He pointed out that Hitler did not have the superior qualities and numbers of the Chinese. He advocated continuing to transfer and absorb western technology especially from the U.S.A. for now. He also said that what appeared to be their preparation to take back Taiwan was really aimed at the United States. Taiwan would not pro-vide the living space (Lebensraum, under Hitler). The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) should plain on the ultimate control of the world for their living space.

Chi Haotian in his speech was also excited about a recent poll they had conducted in which 80% of those polled said they would be willing to kill wom-en and children as well as prisoners of war of for-eign nations. REF. Lev Navrozov at Newsmax.com and http://www.rense.co for Chi Haotian speech, both are useful sources.

Does Obama’s non-nuclear war strategy fit in with this plan? If so is it perhaps by coincidence.

The Bibles description of Satin and his tactics and a study of the history and tactics of Com-munism, finds very interesting parallels. This is one more reason to give credibility to the Bible. See item 34.

After I became disillusioned with agrarian re-former Castro and started researching and review-ing my facts, I learned that Mao Tse-tung was an agrarian reformer. I also became aware of what it meant in China. Anybody who owned more than three acres in this agricultural economy was a capi-talist criminal, and subject to execution. Some say insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results.

(73) NATION BUILDING IN AFGHANISTAN, IRAQ, PAKISTAN, IRAN, FROM A JIHADIST AND AR-AB DICTATORSHIP PERSPECTIVE: There are many who quote George Washington when he advised this country not to get involved in foreign entangle-ments and to allow trade with all. Good advice for

them and it is advice worth our keeping in mind now. However, we are a much different nation to-day then we were then, and the world is a much different world then it was then.

Today we are the number one world power we were not then. Today we have world control, force driven movements, Communism and Jihadist Mus-lims, Who seem to frequently work together to un-dermine freedom and justice in the world as well as Christianity. Weapons of war are significantly more powerful today.

One person with an automatic weapon can dominate hundreds. The few who control govern-ment can control millions. The Communists were less than 1% of the Russian population when they took over the Kerensky Republic by assassinating the leaders of their opposition. The Communists did not overthrow the Czar, they killed the leaders of those who did.

We are reverting to a system of unequal weap-ons power, as was the case with kings before the industrial revolution and inexpensive guns, which produced an armed citizenry and local militias. The development of Tanks, fighter planes, bombers and weapons of mass destruction combined with these world control agendas, makes the LIB agenda of setting on our hands (peace) a very dangers solu-tion.

Did we do nation building after WW II and the Korean War? We still have troops (perhaps too many) in Europe, Okinawa, and South Korea. I rec-ognize that the LIBS demonstrated how not to do it by getting us into South Vietnam, getting over 50,000 of our best killed by letting North Vietnam be treated as a sanctuary, then by the LIBS in Con-gress, cutting off help with ammunition and repairs for the United States .supplied equipment When North Vietnam reinvaded.

This was an excellent example of why we should not trick people who want to defend free-dom into exposing themselves, then stabbing them in the back. Over a million freedom loving South Vietnamese died as a result of this stab in the back by the liberal left progressive (LIBS) in the United States Congress.

A clique in the CIA, the State Department and the LIBS advising President Kennedy, perhaps used this strategy to help Castro in Cuba during the Bay of Pigs invasion by removing the air support and provided the local underground resistance with am-munition and weapons of incompatible calibers. When they surfaced, to help with the overthrow they were setting ducks. Was it a mistake?

Other countries do not need a nationalized de-mocracy, which LIBS in this country are trying to force on them and us. They need what we had, a stratified bottom up system of constitutional repub-lics, which accommodates local differences and minimizes national corruption.

(74) SHOULD WE TERRORIZE THE TERRORISTS? If the objective is to discourage terrorism, we should devote a great deal of effort to trying to ter-rorize the terrorists. I believe the best way to do this is to go after the Imams and Mullahs who preach terrorism, and the leadership who plan ter-rorist acts, and those who train Jihadists terrorists. Go after the leadership wherever they are. Most Muslims are not supportive of the terrorists other-wise; the terrorists would not be killing over 25 times more Muslims Then non-Muslims. Muslims have to be terrorized to keep them from expressing support for liberty and justice. Those in the leader-ship are not at the front of the line to blow them up. We need to work with those Muslims who do want freedom and justice to move the terrorist leaders to the front of the line, and help protect as well as secure the help of those Muslims who are victims of these terrorists using Communist help.

(75) HOW TO MAKE FRIENDS WITH POLITICAL DISCUSSION: I have talked politics with hundreds

of people over the years, most of them wanted to talk politics the next time I saw them. Many even after they had changed their political perspective to be more consistent with the facts I had brought to their attention and the logic I had applied to those facts. How do you do this?

A) Listen to what they have to say instead of assuming you know. If you think, there is a flaw in their logic or facts ask an appropriate question. They are more inclined to listen to questions and it prevents their changing the subject. If they discov-er the problem, they will be much more apt to cor-rect it. In addition, sometimes you learn some-thing. Sometimes you learn important facts and sometimes it is which questions work best.

B) If you interrupt them before they finish you have set the example for them to interrupt you, and you talk past each other instead of to each other. Asking questions may take twice as long to finish the discussion but you make four times the pro-gress, and they will want to discuss politics with you next time. The objective should be to make con-verts not win arguments with intimidation. A pub-lic debates is different. Time is limited and you are talking to the audience.

C) Do you really believe your facts and logic are correct and that you are promoting the facts and logic behind a liberty and justice agenda? The ob-jective is not to win an argument but to win the po-litical battle against a slide into tyranny and for lib-erty and justice. Get them to the point to where you can recommend something for them to read and get them to read it in preparation for discussing it with you later. They will think about and analyze each point they question. They will especially chal-lenge you with what they believe are the weakest and most significant points. If you can defend those points, you have usually made an order of magni-tude of progress with them. Each time you part express appreciation for an honest discussion. Most people are truly seeking the truth and desire true liberty and justice. If they recognize that is your objective you are on your way to having a friend and a possible convert.

(76) PRESCIENT Politics and JURY POWER: To-day the foundations’ of both the Republican and the Democrat Parties starts at the prescient level. In some States, the prescient meetings occur in the evening after the primary election near where vot-ing occurred. If you want to influence either party, start at the prescient and community level. Any-body can do it.

Today few people are aware that in the Jeffer-son administration almost 2/3 of the House and over 50% of the Senate voted to impeach Supreme Court Justice Samuel Chase. This meant they thought it was an impeachable offence, for Chase as a judge, in a retrial preventing the defendant’s law-yer from arguing the un-Constitutionality of a law to the jury in his successful attempt to get a convic-tion. When researching this, I first went to a law school library and found just a couple of sentences in a law dictionary that put down its significance. I later located a book that contained the entire pro-ceedings, but not in a law library.

Jurors’ still have the power to make their deci-sions on whatever basis they choose. They can hear arguments on the facts and the justice and applica-bility of the law under the circumstances, but they cannot hear arguments on the Constitutionality of the law. A decision reserved to the Ego-lectual judges. If a jury can decide a far more complicated problem, the facts, they can surely, (with the help of at least three experts, the judge, the prosecution and the defense attorneys) decide the Constitution-ality of a law. This would also make the public much more familiar with the purpose and meaning of both our Federal and State Constitutions. This is a real plus for our system of constitutional demo-cratic republics!!!




(77) WHAT CAN WE DO? : Nothing can replace and informed electorate. Jefferson said to those who were concerned about giving the vote to a broad citizenry, that there is no safer depository for power then the people and if you think them not in-

formed enough the solution is to inform them. Make sure they understand the importance of less and controllable government not different government. Learn how to discuss issues and spread the written word. Read the pamphlet on “POLITICAL ISSUE DE-VELOPMENT AND CLARIFICATION CAMPAIGNING”. Help develop and pay for an issue development and clarification tabloid used for saturation coverage in the political area involved, and not plan on help from the media. Design your material and your strategy such that if they attack you, you get read-ers, listeners and supporters. When they read the material, it creates voters that are more informed.

Join or help organize a conservative or a con-servative Republican political club, where you can become acquainted with new candidates where they meet activist who can help and influence them, and can help distribute conservative educa-tional and candidate materials. It is a synergistic relationship!

:

What have you done to promote liberty and justice? Liberty without justice for all is never good, and usually extremely bad. Justice is not let-ting a murderer escape punishment or punishing the innocent. Taxing producers, distributers, crea-tors, etc., to support those unwilling to work para-sites is not justice or charity. Thank you for your time and please consider what you have read! This much material would be about 20 pages in a 32 page tabloid, which many households would keep and use for years and not throw it away after they scanned it or when they put the local newspaper in the trash. The remainder of the tabloid could use pictures, cartoons and short high interest articles. Give them something they want to keep. Talking with friends, neighbors and coworkers may interest them in reading more.

Most people won’t and don’t have to read eve-rything, but have something for most people. We must get to those who will read, think, study and become active. Tabloids permit us to have some-thing for everybody. However, we especially need to get to those, who will both become informed and active for the long run. Since we don’t know who they are, it must be included in something that is for everybody. They are self-selecting. The longest journey begins with the first step (in the right direc-tion).

Let us organize, develop and learn to use weap-ons of mass instruction. If we can get 1 out of 15 to change or 1out 6 who did not vote, to vote for good candidates, we change many elections. This is pos-sible!!! If you find this informative and useful for informing others, I need your help! Please contact me. If you want insight into your Representatives or your congressional district, check the Almanac of AMERICAN POLITICS published by National Journal: phone 202 739-8400 and/or THE FREEDOM INDEX at www.TheNewAmerican.co. Also, see book list for “CONSERVATIVE VICTORY” and “2010 TAKE BACK AMERICA”. These are good places to start.

I am strongly in favor of saving freedom and promoting justice at a profit, however, our fore fa-thers pledged their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor, to not only protect and preserve theirs, but to pass it on to us. I appeal to those who if necessary are willing to bypass greed, and do as much for our children, our posterity and our nation at best buy prices!!!

Who should be our leader? The truth is we need trustworthy local leaders and a grassroots movement to get good conservative Congressmen and Senators elected in 2010. Our state and nation-

al leaders should be those who work the hardest and are most effective at helping the grassroots out. I will however offer some insight and sugges-tions for 2012. So far, Sara Palin appears to have the talent, the temperament, the tenacity and the integrity to be a good candidate and President. There are many good, black Republicans, who I be-lieve would be qualified to be Vice President or President. We should make every effort to select and promote blacks for Vice President as well as will as good conservative blacks and Chicanos for Sen-ate and Congress. This would go a long way toward nullifying the smears the liberal left progressive (LIBS) have applied to conservatives, Christians, and Republicans. It would be amusing to watch the psychological trauma it would cause among LIBS. If we have enough conservatives, running it will be hard for the LIBS to gang up and smear them the way they did Clarence Thomas.

Honest, informative politics is the most effec-tive weapon we can use, to preserve freedom and justice for all. There have been several books refer-enced and recommended in this presentation. I will list them plus some others that I believe would be useful for those of you who are concerned and will-ing to read, study and become an active voice in support of liberty and justice..

Appendix A: BOOK LIST (1) “THE 5000 YEAR LEAP, Principles of Freedom 101” by

W, Cleon Skousen: Published by the National Center for Consti-tutional Studies. “It is the kind of stimulating book I should like to see being studied in all our high schools and universities.” Orrin G Hatch—U.S. Senator and Ronald Reagan said that “ The National Center for Constitutional Studies…Is doing a fine pub-lic service in educating Americans about the principles or the Constitution. Everyone interested in understanding the history and meaning of the Constitution as understand and intended by the Founding Fathers should start here. It contains the Founders basic principles: 28 Great Ideas that Changed the World. Easy reading, informative and interesting for almost everybody

(2) “THE MAKING OF AMERICA, The Substance and Meaning of the Constitution: It’s 920 pages addresses the Con-stitution clause by clause and provides the Founding Father’s intent of each clause. Get at nccs.net.

(3) “RIGHT FROM WRONG, WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW TO

HELP YOUTH MAKE RIGHT CHOICES” BY Josh McDowell and Bob Hostetler

(4) “SHADOW GOVERNMENT, How the Secret Global

Elite Is Using Surveillance Against You by Grant R. Jeffrey

(5) “GETTING AMERICA RIGHT, The True Conservative Values Our Nation Needs Today” by Edwin J. Fuller, president of the Heritage Foundation and Doug Wilson chairman of Town-hall.com

(6) “A PATRIOT’S HISTOR OF THE UNITED STATES-FROM COLUMBUS’S GREAT DISCOVERY TO THE WAR ON TERROR” By Larry Schweikart and Michael Allen: It is about 900 pages of insightful reading and a good refer-ence source. Glenn Beck said the following about it. “This book has taught me more about our history then I’ve read in years. A Patriot’s History of the United States should be required reading for all Americans”.

(7) “2010 TAKE BACK AMERICA, A battle Plan; The Stakes, The Targets, The Strategy…And What You Can Do” by Dick Mor-ris & Eileen McGann

(8) “CONSERVATIVE VICTORY” by Sean Hannity

(9) THE CONNECTION by Stephen F. Hayes: The Hussein/Osama connection.

(10) “THE THIRD TERRORIST” by Jana Davis: Oklahoma City bombing.

(11) “THE SILENT WHITENESS” by Mark Fuhrman: SCHIA-VO execution

(12) “THE NEW EVIDENCE THAT DEMANDS a VERDICT” by Josh McDowell: Excellent rebuttals, answers and questions for secular humanist, teachers and college professors, put downs of the Bible. Every Christen college student, needs a copy.

(13) “THE POLITICIAN” by Robert Welch: This was written as a long private letter to several friends. He did later plan to redo it and release it as a book. Because of the smear, he did-n’t dare change anything. This book is not real necessary to understand contemporary politics, but helpful to understand how LIBS smear those they see as an enemy. Many were ex-plaining away Eisenhower’s political blunders because of his lack of political experience. Mr. Welch was showing that Eisen-hower’s success in the military was because of his political ex-perience and capability, not his military record. It was used to smear the John Burch Society and its members. Until published,

they had no way of knowing what it said and explain or show it to others. Once published the LIBS stopped “quoting” from it.

(14) “BACK TO BASICS FOR THE REPUBLICAN PARTY” by Michael Zak: I question some of his assumptions and conclusion but he has done a great deal of research showing that the Re-publican Party was the home for BLACKS until 1936 and if you look at the facts should still be. FDR bought their support and vote with soup lines and by paying, their white landlords, not to farm their land, they claimed this was to raise FARM prices by reducing the food supply. Was this how to stop a depression?

(15) “LEGACY; PAYING THE PRICE FOR THE CLINTON YEARS” by Rich Lowery: Most of the facts in one place, especial-ly insightful comments by Democrat insiders.

(16) “GOD & GOVERNMENT” BY Charles Colson: This book gives a lot of insight into how governments historically have used control of the Christian church and its relationship to the individual to promote a political agenda. This includes kings, and the secular humanists Nazis, and Communists. Very in-sightful but you may want, to choose the parts you read to help hold your interest.

(17) “THE LAST FOUNDING FATHER; CALL TO JAMES MON-ROE AND A NATION’S GREATNESS” by Harlow Giles Unger: There is a lot to be learned and admired about most of the founding fathers however Monroe and Patrick Henry are two whose importance has been deleted. For example, Monroe was one of two presidents not to have an opponent and when sent to France by President Jefferson, with the authorization to buy access to a port on the Mississippi, bought the Louisiana Purchase for three times the authorized payment for a port and doubled the size of the United States. He then negotiated a loan from an English bank on his personal signature to pay for it. President Jefferson got him reimbursed later. During the war of 1812, the Cabinet and the leaders of the militia and the militia were fleeing ahead of the British. President Madison who was sickly but still in Washington DC, along with Monroe and before fleeing, put Monroe in charge of defending the na-tion . Monroe deserves credit for the success of Senator Samu-el Smith, Major General of the Maryland Militia defending Balti-more and Fort McHenry thus inspiring the “STAR SPANGLED BANNER” plus helping raise the money and the troops by ap-pealing to some state governors, then getting General Andrew Jackson to take command and defend the port of New Orleans. Good, real leaders were important to our history. Understand-ing our history is important to persevering liberty and justice. However, it undermines instead of promoting the LIBS agenda

(18) America for Sale by Jerome Corsi, Ph.D.: Corsi was coauthor of Unfit for Command: Swift Boat Veterans Speak out against John Kerry. It exposed Kerry’s 100 days of service in South Vietnam, during which he got 3 purple hearts and a re-turn ticket to the USA. Two of the Purple Hearts, were inflicted by his personal negligence, and were treated with band-aids. The doctor who treated the first injury laughed at Kerry when he asked him to apply for the Purple Heart. Kerry refused to allow the release of the records of who wrote up the requests and who approved them. The present book is well worth read-ing. It exposes; much of the history of the current economic crisis, and who profited from it. I disagree with his treating the Nelson Rockefeller CFR wing of the Republican Party as being on the right. I was involved in the 64 Goldwater campaign. Their agenda was to drag Republicans left.

(19) “NATIONAL SUICIDE: How Washington is destroying the American Dream from A to Z”: by Martin L. Gross. An amazing but understandable presentation of the bureaucratic inefficiency, greed, theft and waste they promote and cover-up. He has some plausible suggestions as to how to start cor-recting the mess. Well worth reading!!! .

(20) The Real George Washington” by Jay A. Parry: I have-n’t read the book but I liked Glen Beck’s comments and his interview with the author. It’s mostly in George Washington’s own words.

(21) “THE 10 BIG LIES ABOUT AMERICA: COMBAT-

ING DESTRUCTIVE DISTORTIONS ABOUT OUR NATION”, by Mi-chael Medved: This book is typical of Medved. It is, logically presented and effectively documented. He discusses differing opinions, but he is quick to challenge their “designer facts”, which is what these big lies are based on. He challenges; (1) The arguments of genocide against Native Americans, (2) We are unequally guilty for the crime of slavery, and our wealth is based on stolen African Labor, and (3) Founders intended a secular not a Christian nation. I found these three chapters to be most effective at challenging the Marxist/LIB smears of the USA, and their anti-America agenda, but all 10 are insightful and useful in understanding history and challeng-ing smears.

(22) “ARGUING WITH IDIOTS by Glen Beck: The book can be useful. I do not believe that most people are idiots. Our educational system has indoctrinated them to a high degree of confusion. They want to believe what they’ve been taught and until they start to question that, they act like idiots. His TV program is being very successful treating people as intelligent and wanting to learn. He gives the history behind ideas and issues. Something I believe is very important.

(23) “COLOR, COMMUNISM AND COMMON SENS” by Manning Johnson: Manning Johnson joined the Communist Party in the 1930’s at the time he left the party he had risen to the highest level of any black person. In 1934 Stalin gave or-ders to infiltrate the Black Churches with the Social Gospel. 1936 was the first presidential election the majority of black’s




the nations of the world can seek peace. But I think we are against subordinating American interests to an organization that has become so structurally unsound that today you can muster a two-thirds vote on the floor of the General Assembly among nations that represent less than 10 per cent of the world’s population.

I think we are against the hypocrisy of assailing our allies because here and there they cling to a colony, while we engage in a conspiracy of silence and never open our mouths about the millions of people enslaved in Soviet colonies in the satellite nations.

I think we are for aiding our allies by sharing of our material blessings with those nations which share in our fundamental beliefs, but we are against doling out money to governments, creating bureaucracy, if not socialism, all over the world. WE set out to help 19 countries. We are helping 107.

We spent $146 billion. With that money, we bought a $2 million yacht for Emperor Haile Selassie. WE bought dress suits for Greek undertakers, extra wives for Kenya government officials. We bought a thousand TV sets for a place where they have no electricity. In the last six years, 52 nations have bought $7 billion of our gold, and all 52 are receiving foreign aid from us.

Advance of Socialism

N o g o v e r n m e n t e v e r voluntarily reduces itself in size. Government programs once launched, never disappear. Actually, a government bureau is the nearest thing to eternal life we’ll ever see on this earth!

Federal employees number 2.5 million. These proliferating bureaus with their thousands of regulations have cost us many of our constitutional safeguards. How many of us realize that today federal agents can invade a man’s property without a formal hearing, let alone a trial by jury, and they can seize and sell his property in auction to enforce the payment of that fine?

In Chico County, Ark., James Wier overplanted his rice allotment. The government obtained a $17,000 judgment and a U.S. Marshall sold his 950-acre farm at auction. The government said it was necessary as a warning to others to make the system work!

Last February 19 at the University of Minnesota, Norman Thomas, six times candidate for President on the Socialist party ticket, said “If Barry Goldwater became President, he would stop the advance of socialism in the United States.” I think that’s exactly what he will do.

As a former Democrat, I can tell you Norman Thomas isn’t the only man who has drawn this parallel to socialism with the present Administration. Back in 1936, Mr. Democrat himself, Al Smith, the great American, came before the American people and

(Continued from page 4) charged that the leadership or his party was taking the party of Jefferson, Jackson and Cleveland down the road under the banners of Marx, Lenin and Stalin.

And he walked away from his party, and he never returned to the day he died, because to this day the leadership of that party has been taking that party, that honorable party, down the road in the image of the Labor Socialist party of England.

Now it doesn’t require expropriation or confiscation of private property or business to impose socialism upon a people...What does it mean, whether you hold the deed or the title to your business or property, if the government holds the power of life and death over that business or property? Such machinery already exists.

The government can find some charge to bring against any concern it chooses to prosecute. Every businessman has his own tale of harassment. Somewhere a perversion has taken place. Our natural inalienable rights are now considered to be a dispensation from government, and freedom has never been so fragile, so close to slipping from our grasp as it is at this moment.

Freedom in Danger

O u r D e m o c r a t i c opponents seem unwilling to debate these issues. They want to make you and I think this is a contest between two men...that we are to choose just between two personalities. Well, what of this man they would destroy...and in destroying, they would destroy that which he represents, the ideas that you and I hold dear?

Is he the brash and shallow and trigger-happy man they say he is? Well, I have been privileged to know him “when.” I knew him long before he ever dreamed of trying for high office, and I can tell you personally I have never known a man in my life I believe so incapable of doing a dishonest or dishonorable thing.

This is a man who in his own business, before he entered politics, instituted a profit-sharing plan, before unions had even thought of it. He put in health and medical insurance for all his employees. He took 50 per cent of the profits before taxes and set up a retirement plan, a pension plan for all his employees.

He sent monthly checks for life to an employee who was ill and couldn’t work. He provides nursing care of the children of mothers who work in the stores. When Mexico was ravaged by the floods from the Rio Grande, he climbed into his airplane and flew medicine and supplies down there.

An ex-GI told me how he met him. It was the week before Christmas, during the Korean War, and he was at the Los Angeles

airport trying to get a ride home to Arizona, and he said that there were a lot of servicemen there and no seats available on the planes. Then a voice came over the loudspeaker and said, “Any men in uniform wanting a ride to Arizona, go to runway such-and-such,” and they went down there, and there was a fellow named Barry Goldwater sitting in his plane.

Every day in the weeks before Christmas, all day long he would load up the plane, fly to Arizona, fly them to their homes, then fly back to get another load. During the hectic split-second timing of a campaign, this is a man who took time out to sit beside an old friend who was dying of cancer.

His campaign managers were understandably impatient, but he said, “there aren’t many left who care what happens to her. I’d like her to know that I care. “This is a man who said to his 19-year-old son, “There is no foundation like the rock of honesty and fairness, and when you begin to build your life upon that rock, with the cement of the faith in God that you have, then you have a real start!”

This is not a man who could carelessly send other people’s sons to war. And that is the issue of this campaign that makes all of the other problems I have discussed academic, unless we realize that we are in a war that must be won. Those who would trade our freedom for the soup kitchen of the welfare state have told us that they have a utopian solution of peace without victory. They call their policy “accommodation.” And they say if we only avoid any direct confrontation with the enemy, he will forget his evil ways and learn to love us. All who oppose them are indicted as warmongers.

They say we offer simple answers to complex problems. Well, perhaps there is a simple answer...not an easy one...but a simple one. If you and I have the courage to tell our elected officials that we want our national policy based upon what we know in our hearts is morally right, we cannot buy our security, our freedom from the threat of the bomb by committing an immorality so great as saying to a billion human beings now in slavery behind the Iron Curtain, “Give up your dreams of freedom, because to save our own skin, we are willing to make a deal with your slave-master.”

Alexander Hamilton said, “A nation which can prefer disgrace to danger is prepared for a master, and deserves one!” Let’s set the record straight. There is no argument over the choice between peace and war, but there is only one guaranteed way you can have peace...and you can have it in the next second...surrender!

Admittedly there is a risk in any course we follow. Either

course we follow other than this, but every lesson in history tells us that the greater risk lies in appeasement, and it gives no choice between peace and war, only between fight or surrender. If we continue to accommodate, continue to back and retreat, eventually we have to face the final demand-the ultimatum.

And what then, when Nikita Khrushchev has told his people he knows what our answer will be? He has told them that we are retreating under the pressure of the cold war and some day when the time comes to deliver the ultimatum, our surrender will be voluntary because by that time we will have been weakened from within, spiritually, morally and economically.

He believes this because from our side he has heard voices pleading for a “peace at any price,” or “better red than dead.” Or as one commentator put it, he would rather “Live on his knees than die on his feet.”

And therein lies the road to war, because those voices don’t speak for the rest of us. You and I know and do not believe that life is so dear and peace so sweet as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery.

If nothing in life is worth dying for, when did this begin...Just in the face of the enemy...or should Moses have told the children of Israel to live in slavery under the Pharaohs? Should Christ have refused the cross? Should the patriots at Concord Bridge have thrown down their guns and refused to fire the shot heard round the world?

The martyrs of history were not fools and our honored dead who gave their lives to stop the advance of the Nazis didn’t die in vain! Where, then, is the road to peace? Well, it’s a simple answer after all. You and I have the courage to say to our enemies, “There is a price we will not pay.” This is the meaning in the phrase of Barry Goldwater’s “peace though strength!”

Winston Churchill said that the destiny of man is not measured by material computation. When great forces are on the move in the world, we learn we are spirits, not animals. And he said there is something going on in time and space, and beyond time and space, which, whether we like it or not, spells duty.

You and I have a rendezvous with destiny. We will preserve for our children this, the last best hope for man on earth, or we will sentence them to take the last step into a thousand years of darkness.

We will keep the mind and remember that Barry Goldwater has faith in us. He has faith that you and I have the ability and the dignity and the right to make our own decisions and determine our own destiny.

Reagan Speech Concluded:



“Government is a dangerous servant and a fearful master”

=George Washington=

tion over 90%. Since the promoting of the Social Gospel started in government, all churches, and especially black churches the following has occurred. Abortions have shot up, out of wedlock births have shot up, single female headed households have shot up, war on poverty costs and dependents, have shot up, and all types of crimes have shot up especially in black commu-nities. Honest, law abiding, blacks have suffered the most from the advances of this Social Gospel, social justice crusade.

(24) 7 “EVENTS THAT MADE AMERICA, AMERICA”, AND PROVED THAT THE FOUNDING FATHERS WERE RIGHT ALL

ALONG”: by Larry Schweikart. There are events such as Pearl Harbor and 9/11 that can be related to a point in time. This book presents significant historical situations that occurred over extended periods of time and are more difficult but important to be aware of and under-stand.

(25) “CONSERVATIVE COMEBACKS TO LIBERAL LIES BY GREGG JACKSON: This is a very useful book if you are looking for some facts or a historical perspective that provides support for conservative ideas and arguments. It also exposes the ques-tionable “facts” and questionable “scientific studies” that LIBS use to justify their arguments for their hypothesis and they use to justify their policies. It is a good book to lend to your open minded, moderate and liberal friends. Make sure you’ve read and understand it so you can discuss it with them later.

(26) “TRICKLE UP POVERTY; Stopping Obama’s attack on our BORDERS, ECONOMY, and SECURITY” by Michael Savage: Savage is intelligent and expresses many good ideas and this book is well worth reading. I’m glad to see it’s selling well. However, It bothers me that in the past he has spent so much of his time and talent attacking freedom and justice allies then complaining when they don’t come to his defense when Eng-land puts him on an unwelcome guest list along with terrorist and murders. I agree he had a right to condemn England’s behavior but it’s nonsense to be critical of those whose shins he’s been kicking when they don’t hug him.

Appendix B: INSIGHTFUL QUOTES from history

As you will see from many of these quotes, Christian-ity as well as freedom and justice for all, have been fore-most in the minds of our ancestors and Founding Fathers for centuries.

“You can fool some of the people all of the time, and all of the people some of the time, but you cannot fool all the people all the time”. ABRAHAM LINCOL

“Government is not reason it is not eloquence, it is force! It is a dangerous servant, and a terrible master. George Washington

“In the revolution he was our leader…he stood above us all…looking back it is difficult to say what we would have done without him” Thomas Jefferson in reference to Patrick Henry.

“Nobody spends somebody else’s money as carefully as he spends his own. Nobody uses somebody else’s resources as carefully as he uses his own. Milton Fried-man

The American is by nature optimistic. He is experi-mental, an inventor and a builder who builds best when called upon to build greatly. John F. Kennedy

You never win a general election by winning the pri-mary election with a looser. NEM

There are many more ways to do things wrong then to do things right. If wrong, no is the right answer. NEM

“Power tends to corrupt; absolute power corrupts absolutely”: Lord Acton-1887

“Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We don’t pass it on in the bloodstream. It must be fought for protected, and handed on for them to do the same, or one day we will spend our sunset years telling our children and our children’s children what it was once like in the United States where men were free”. Ronald Reagan

“Any people that would give up liberty for a little temporary safety deserve neither and will lose both”. Ben Franklin

FREEDOM IS NOT FREE, however, there are many free loaders who enjoy its benefits and privileges at the expense of others. NEM

There is nothing wrong with buying gold, but the inflation corrected high for gold is deceiving. A group of Conservatives, were buying gold as is now happening. Insiders tried to sell shorts and crash the gold market. Those buying gold bought the shorts. The insiders sold more shorts that were also bought. The date for cover-ing the shorts was coming due and prices were shooting up. Many market insiders were in a tight spot and poten-tially going bankrupt. The market insiders got the rules changed so that people who owned gold on the margin,

could not buy more gold. With those favorably disposed toward gold out of the market, the insider short sellers were able to crash the gold market and seriously hurt those who had bought gold on the margin. They deceit-fully destroyed the gold market from inside. WATCH OUT!!! NEM

Some people make things happen, some people watch things happen, other people never know what happened. Unknown

“I predict future happiness for America if they can prevent the government from wasting the labors of the people under the pretense of taking care of them”. Thomas Jefferson

“Communism must be built with non communist hands.” – V.I. LENIN

A group of EGO-lectual self-selecting “elitists”, pro-motes and uses poverty and the poor as a shield to hide behind, controls the socialist and Communist move-ments; they don’t help the poor, they cultivate and ex-ploit them. NEM

In his book, “PERESTROIKA, New Thinking for Our Country and the World”, Mikhail Gorbachev, (now top advisor to the UN Secretary General Kofi Annan) “explained that the ‘changes’ in the Soviet Union were in keeping with the socialist goals world-wide. FREE TRADE AREAS are regional ‘mergers’”.

“Medicine is the keystone of the arch of socialism.”---Vladimir Lenin, once a med student in Russia.

“We cannot expect the Americans to jump from Cap-italism to Communism, but we can assist their elected leaders in giving Americans small doses of Socialism until they suddenly awake to find they have Communism.”---Nikita Khrushchev

“All warfare is based on deception”. Basic principle of war: For this reason, I urge you to analyze everything I have presented and everything everybody else says. The liberal left progressives (LIBS) will have many rat holes, down which they will try to lead us. One I believe is to force states to call a Constitutional Convention for term limits. With a Constitutional Convention, every-thing is up for change. At present, they could gut the Constitution and we could not stop it. This also applies to Texas succeeding from the Union. NEM

“It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentle-men may cry, Peace, Peace-- but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!” PATRICK HENRY speech, March 23, 1775, at St. John’s Church

Patrick Henry was late to that secret meeting. He arrived just as they were ready to adjourn. The king’s appointed governor had seized the local militias weapon-ry and none of the others including Washington were doing anything about it. He had returned home and lead several local militias to Williamsburg. The governor, who had placed the weaponry on a ship and ordered it out to sea, gave Henry twice the amount of money needed to replace it. The church was so packed that many were listening at the windows. One man was so impressed that he arranged to be buried beneath the window where he was standing. His speech changed the out-come of that meeting and eventually lead to the Declara-tion of Independence. NEM

“I pledge allegiance to the flag of United States of America and to Republic for which it stands, one nation, under God, with liberty and justice for all.”

“Four score and seven years ago our fathers brought forth on this continent a new nation, conceived in Liber-ty and dedicated to the Proposition that all men are created equal. Now we are engaged in a great civil war, testing whether this nation or any nation so conceived and so dedicated, can long endure”. Lincoln

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights that among the-se are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. To se-cure these Rights, Governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed.” DECLARATION of INDEPENDENCE

“We the people of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure do-mestic Tranquility, provide for the common Defense,

promote the general Welfare (general will being of na-tion, not personal), and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this CONSTITUTION for the United States of America”. Pre-amble to the Constitution

“No State shall…make any Thing but gold and silver coin a Tender in Payment of Debt.” ARTICLE 1, SECTION 10, SUBSECTION 1 OF THE CONSTITUTION

“Before he (the president) enters on the Execution of his office, he shall take the following Oath or Affirma-tion. “I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability preserve, protect, and de-fend the Constitution of the United States.” ARTICLE II SECTION 8 OF THE CONSTITUTION

“All bills raising revenue shall originate in the House of Representatives” from ARTICLE 1, SECTION 7, SUBSEC-TION 1 of THE CONSTITUTION

“The Citizens of each state shall be entitled to all Privileges and immunities of Citizens in the several States.” ARTICLE 4, SECTION 2, SUBSECTION 1 OF THE CONSTITUTION, Underlining added.

“The United States shall guarantee to every State in the Union a Republican Form of Government” ARTICLE 4, SECTION 2 OF THE CONSTITUTION

“In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed,” ARTICLE 6 OF THE CONSTITUTION

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establish-ment of religion or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech or the press; or the right of the people to peaceably assemble, and to peti-tion the Government for a redress of grievances.” FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION

“A will regulated (trained) Militia being necessary to the security of a Free State (NOT NATION OR DESPOTIC STATE), the right of the people to keep and bear Arm, shall not be infringed”. SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION. At the time the 2nd amendment was passed it applied only to the federal government. Some claim the 14th made it apply to states, counties and cit-ies. Patrick Henry was critical in forcing Madison to introduce the Bill of Rights. To understand his meaning of militia, study his use of the local militias from back woods Virginia, to force the king appointed governor to reimburse a local militia twice the cost of munitions he had stolen from them. He raised 2000 men by speaking to the local men who had guns and they selected their commanders. He didn’t go to the local governments to get approval to raise a militia. Many if not all State Con-stitutions also protected the right of the people to keep and bear arms.

“The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.” AMENDMENT 9 OF THE CON-STITUTION

“The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” AMENDMENT 10 OF THE CONSTITUTION. The civil was the first war in which government used a draft for mili-tary service. This amendment was intended to elimi-nate slavery and a military draft.

“Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted shall exist, within the United States nor

any place subject to their jurisdiction.” 13th AMEND-MENT OF THE CONSTITUTION

“All persons born or naturalized in the United States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizen of the United States and of the State wherein they reside no State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal pro-tection of the laws”. 14TH AMENDMENT SECTION 1 OF THE CONSTITUTION: JULY 20, 1868: This was meant to give citizenship to the children of slaves born in the USA. THE STATEMENT subject to the jurisdiction thereof eliminated the children of foreign diplomats and those illegally in the country. Using the 14 amendment to justi-fy anchor babies is the result of a LIB interpretation.

Some argue, this Amendment, was not legally ratified, although most of its intent seems reasonable. There is no evidence they intended it to justify anchor




babies. It was, to cover the children born to slaves and ex-slaves born in the United States. As soon as possible, the meaning should be emphasized and clarified by pass-ing a law specifically eliminating all the children (anchor babies) of illegal immigrants. They are citizens of the nation where their parents are citizens just as are the children born to diplomats. We need to establish a pro-cedure for pregnancies involving foreign nationals and American citizens. NEM

“The Mayflower Compact is a written agreement com-posed by a consensus of the new Settlers arriving at New Plymouth in November of 1620.

All 41 of the adult male members on the Mayflower signed the Compact. Being the first written laws for the new land, the Compact determined authority within the settlement and was the observed as such until 1691. This established that the colony (mostly persecuted Sepa-ratists), was to be free of English law. It was devised to set up a government from within themselves and was written

by those to be governed.” WIKIPEDIA

"In the name of God, Amen. We, whose names are underwritten, the Loyal Subjects of our dread Sovereign Lord, King James, by the Grace of God, of England, France and Ireland, King, Defender of the Faith, e&. Hav-ing undertaken for the Glory of God, and Advancement of the Christian Faith, and the Honour of our King and Coun-try, a voyage to plant the first colony in the northern parts of Virginia; do by these presents, solemnly and mutually in the Presence of God and one of another, covenant and combine ourselves together into a civil Body Politick, for our better Ordering and Preservation, and Furtherance of the Ends aforesaid; And by Virtue hereof to enact, consti-tute, and frame, such just and equal Laws, Ordinances, Acts, Constitutions and Offices, from time to time, as shall be thought most meet and convenient for the General good of the Colony; unto which we promise all due sub-mission and obedience. In Witness whereof we have here-unto subscribed our names at Cape Cod the eleventh of November, in the Reign of our Sovereign Lord, King James of England, France and Ireland, the eighteenth, and of Scotland the fifty-fourth. Anno Domini, 1620.”

MAYFLOWER COMPACT from WIKIPEDIA.

Plymouth Colony started out as a communalist econo-my the first Thanksgiving celebration was, not only to hon-or God’s blessings on them but also to celebrate the re-wards that had resulted from changing over from a com-munalist system to a free enterprise system. NEM

"We should be unfaithful to ourselves if we should ever

lose sight of the danger to our liberties if anything partial or

extraneous should infect the purity of our free, fair, virtuous,

and independent elections."- John Adam, Inaugural Address,

March 4, 1797

WIKIPEDIA is a place to start to review economic

liberalism the way the insiders would like you to view it.

I believe some of the information is useful however;

much of it is misleading and does not help us understand

the causes nor how to avoid credit money bubbles. They

do not help us understand credit default swaps. These

ideas were those of the insiders, who got rich off these

credit default swaps. They do nothing to show us how to

avoid future traps of this type. You will do better by go-

ing to Cato, or, the Free Enterprise Institute, and The Her-

itage Foundation for information.

“By September 2008, average U.S. housing prices

had declined by over 20% from their mid-2006 peak. As

prices declined, borrowers with adjustable-rate mortgage

could not refinance to avoid the higher payments associat-

ed with rising interest rates and began to default. During

2007, lenders began foreclosure proceedings on nearly 1.3

million properties, a 79% increase over 2006. This in-

creased to 2.3 million in 2008, an 81% increase vs. 2007.

By August 2008, 9.2% of all U.S. mortgages outstanding

were either delinquent or in foreclosure. By September

2009, this had risen to 14.4%.” WIKIPEDIA Financial crises

2007-2010

It is my belief that most of the 9/08 economic crises

were the result of people and companies planning and

making contracts based on the assumption of a stable or

slightly inflating medium of exchange. Our leveraged

credit money system allowed financial institutions to

make a profit developing a large credit money bubble.

The money and market manipulators then punctured this

large credit money bubble at a profit. This is a crack the

whip economy with the middle class the primary victims.

Many had their planned retirement funds in the stock mar-

ket!!! NEM

“The United States entered the war to prevent a com-

munist takeover of South Vietnam as part of their wider

strategy of containment. Military advisor arrived begin-

ning in 1950. U.S. involvement escalated in the early

1960s, with U.S. troop levels tripling in 1961 and tripling

again in 1962. U.S. combat unit were deployed beginning

in 1965. Operations spanned borders, with Laos and Cam-

bodia heavily bombed. Involvement peaked in 1968 at the

time of the Tet Offensive. After this, U.S. ground forces

were withdrawn as part of a policy called Vietnamization.

Despite the Paris Peace Accord, signed by all parties in

January 1973, fighting continued.”

“The Case-Church Amendment, passed by the U.S.

Congress in response to the anti-war movement, prohibit-

ed direct U.S. military involvement without congressional

authorization after August 15, 1973. U.S. military and

economic aid continued until 1975. The capture of Saigon

by North Vietnamese army in April 1975 marked the end

of Vietnam War. North and South Vietnam were reunified

the following year.” Wikipedia

Some say that out of greed we are selling our chil-

dren and grand children into bondage. I say that out of

ignorance we are signing a counterfeit credit “note” for

which we are getting little or nothing. However, the mas-

ters of the New World Order, will have a note, a book

entry-credit claim, to the labor of, our posterity and our-

selves. We are selling our posterity and ourselves into

slavery for at best a mess of pottage. NEM

Great governments are those that provide an environ-

ment for people to become great individuals. NEM

Most proponents of charity as a responsibility of gov-

ernment are at best using taxes to buy votes and at worst

trying to overload and collapse or free enterprise econom-

ic system into socialism or communism or both. NEM

Politics should never but often does trump principle

in our nation‟s Capital and our political parties but it often

does. Voters should strive to punish not reward such be-

havior especially in the primaries. NEM

“If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state

of civilization, it expects what never was and never will

be.” Thomas Jefferson.

I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided;

and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of

judging the future but by the past.” Patrick Henry.

We should allow fair trade between nations, but

never subsidize it at the expense of our local manufac-

tures. We have subsidized the industrial and military

buildup of Communist China and their and their gaining

control of our credit economy. At the same time we have

assisted them in gutting our manufacturing base with

global warming policies, tax laws and pro union anti

productivity policies. The Chinese are using a sizable

portion of these profits to build submarines and buy con-

trol of the rare earth and mineral supplies through out the

world. Are they trying to get control of future electronics

developments and undermine the US electronics industry?

NEM

If those who can, didn‟t buy new cars, those less well

off wouldn‟t have used cars to buy, A free market eco-

nomics lesion. NEM

Appendix C: ISSUE DEVELOPMENT

AND CLARIFICATION CAMPAIGNING;

It is the least expensive and best way for

conservatives to win elections.

I have been working with a concept I call issue

development and clarification campaigning, since

1964. Liberal left progressives (LIBS) control their

issues with the mass media, most public schools,

colleges, Democrat loyalists, and union bosses. The

last thing they want is all their issues and their de-

fense of them in one place, where they can be easily

refuted. For us it is a plus. We must develop and

spread our ideas and issues without them (LIBS) .

If you wish to examine some results, you can check the following. 63rd Assembly District, precinct 20 in California Republican primary and general elections in 1964, and the primary and general elec-tion in 63rd Assembly District in 1966, plus the 97 special election in the New Mexico, 3rd Congression-al District, especially the Clovis area. I will give de-tails later.

Many years ago I read about a college study concerning why people believe what they believe. The largest group was those who believed what they heard first. The second largest group was what they heard most often. The third largest group was what seemed most logical. I concluded that if this were correct than the TV, radio, newspa-pers and magazines were going to get to them be-fore I could and far more often. This left those who would respond to logic. This group was probably less than 25%. If I could get to 2/3 of these, and give them the tools (ideas, facts and history) to use with their acquaintances, then I would be on the way to changing the outcome of many political elec-tions.

Since 1964, I have had several opportunities to test this idea. My experience shows that, because of the leftist bias and spin techniques of the mass media, and labor union manipulated government educational systems, and their designer “facts”, many people find it difficult to think their way through to a sound pro liberty and justice conclu-sion. Fliers and sound bites do not work well. They are too limited. However, many will, if given a chance, consider a good logical and factual argu-ment. Those who agree with you will be quick to notice your arguments and use the printed materi-al, with their friends and associates. Tests show this is the surest and most cost effective way for con-servatives to win elections. Help us build a philo-sophically sound base of activists for future elec-tions. Help make Inactive people active and active people more effective by giving them a tool they can share and discuss with family, friends and neighbors.

These tests have been limited and I have fre-quently provided much of the financing. Mr. Knot, of Knot’s Berry Farm did help with Human Event in 1964. I have been involved in preparing, acquiring, publishing, and/or distributing over 2 million 12 to 32--page tabloids and over 70,000 paperback books, many with a candidate’s message flier quar-ter folded and pasted inside the back cover. We left the flier sticking out the top of the books about 1¼ inch, and had the candidates name front and back on this. Below the name was a note suggest-ing they use it as a bookmarker. The book tended to lie on the coffee table, promote name recogni-tion, and get readership. Tabloids and books when put on the doorstep, take less than 1/3 the time to distribute, because they can be tossed on the door step, as fliers and do not blow away. A team of five volunteer distributers is worth up to $300/hr. vers-es bulk mailing.

In special elections, we increased voter turnout for a candidate for about 30 cents per additional vote. I believe that in general elections it would cost less than a $1. If correct, the outcome of the, Norm Coleman, election in Minnesota could have been changed by 3500 votes for $3500 and 15 help-ers for 2 days, Using the mass media and clever sound bites the final deciding vote changes can cost hundreds of dollars each. We need to be ready for any special elections for the US House or Senate and the 2010 elections. The following is a more detailed discussion of some of the experienc-es I have had, which justify further evaluation and use of what I call “issue development and clarifica-tion political campaigning”, as a foundation for winning for Libertarian/Republican conservatives and challenging SPIN DOCTOR DEMOCRACY. If in-terested in your area contact [email protected].

I called every registered Republican, in pre-cinct 20 in the California, 63rd Assembly District, in the1964 elections. It was a part of an organized effort by CITIZENS FOR GOLDWATER to place Gold-water on the ballot. Of the 153 Republicans, thir-teen were for Goldwater, another seventeen agreed to sign a petition to place his name on the ballot so they could hear his stand on issues. On the first day we could collect signatures, 25 came by my house on their way to work and signed the peti-tion. As a group, we had enough signatures to place Goldwater on the ballot before noon, of the first day. The Republican primary turnout was over 90% in precinct 20 with over 65% for Goldwater!!!

In the general election the turnout was over 95%, 98% for Republicans, and over 66% voted for Goldwater. The precinct was about 60% Republi-can, but some Rockefeller supporters voted for Johnson. It cost about $.50 per voter plus labor. This included both the primary and general election. This was my first attempt at what I now call “Issue Development and Clarification Campaigning” and it worked very well!!!




In the 1966 Republican primary, we prepared a 12-page tabloid, and mailed it to registered Republi-cans in the 63rd Assembly District. In the tabloid, we endorsed Reagan and candidates for 11 other offic-es. The District was about 3 to 1 Democrat, but we were interested in Increasing the vote for conserva-tives for state wide offices, and increasing conserva-tive influence in the 63rd AD, LA County and on the State Republican Central Committees. We accom-plished all!!!

All seven of the 63rd Assembly District Central Committee candidates, we endorsed, won. Even against incumbents. It was a very unusual accom-plishment. This in spite of the fact, the local news-paper gave those incumbents front-page coverage accusing us of illegal conduct with the tabloid. We scratched through their names on our; (his and hers, photo reduced tabloid ballots). This victory gave us control of the 63rd AD and representation on the LA County Central Committees.

The state wide conservative candidates we en-dorsed also carried that assembly district by about 60% over “moderates” in spite of the L A Times, ABC, CBS, and NBC. In the 65th AD with similar de-mographics, the “moderates” were winning by about 60%.

It appeared that with one piece of campaign material, that we switched about 20% of voters from one side to the other and/or produced a sig-nificantly higher turnout.

In the 1997 special election in the 3rd Congres-sional District in New Mexico, we concentrated on three cities, Farmington, Los Alamos, and Clovis.

In Farmington, we concentrated on placing ma-terial in businesses with the permission of the own-ers; leaving material with a few individuals who showed interest, a deputy sheriff and especially two Indian fellows (one with a radio program) who wanted to put the information out on the Navaho Reservation, and church and private school leaders. In Los Alamos, we covered parking lots, and leaders of churches and private schools.

In Clovis, we had the best control. There we got precinct maps and covered some and left what we felt was a similar demographic precinct uncov-ered so we could have something for a comparison. This did not work out as well as we had hoped, since they voted more than one precinct, in a poll-ing place and gave totals based on polling places.

In addition, some of our helpers covered parts of areas that were not to be covered, and left un-covered parts of the areas that were to be covered. We also had the 1996 general election results in which the same Republican, Redmond ran against an incumbent, Richardson and the 98 results when he was an incumbent.

There was also a strong Green Party campaign. The information both helped get insight, and, added confusion to our analyzing the data. However, there were still some interesting results. Redmond out spent FREEDOM AND JUSTICE JOURNAL over 30 to1 and Serna, the Democrat out spent Redmond 3 to 1, plus had a lot of union help and a large Dem-ocrat majority Congressional District.

The three towns covered (Farmington, Los Ala-mos and Clovis) had an unusually high (special elec-tion) turnouts for Redmond. He won by 3000 votes. In Clovis, three of the polling place areas (12 pre-cincts) we covered had a voter turnout for Red-mond over 7 times greater than Serna’s.

This would not likely happen in a general elec-tion, but it seldom if ever happens in special elec-tions under similar circumstances. Doing the com-parison, it looked like we were not changing the Democrat activist vote for Serna, but increased Redmond’s vote by over 200% in the areas cov-ered.

It appeared we increased Redmond’s turnout by about 10,000 votes by distributing about 12,000 32-page tabloids.

The project was started in Amarillo Texas as a test, with four people; it took less than 2 months, and cost about $3,000. It was not a part of Red-mond’s campaign.

Also in the 1966 general election, we used the-se techniques for a California 63rd AD race (books and tabloids). Even though we were out spent by about 10 to 1 and though the Assembly District was very liberal, had a will financed local Democrat Par-ty organization, and was almost 3 to 1 Democrat; the Republican candidate (a very conservative and open JBS member) running for the office, received a higher percentage of the votes in that district than Reagan.

This occurred while Reagan was winning the state in a landslide. The western United States Communist publication, “PEOPLE’S WORLD” took notice. A 1/2 tabloid page article attacking the can-didate said, “There is method to his madness”.

To do this we need people to learn the tech-niques and use them in their Congressional District, State, county and city elections!!! We need help analyzing election conditions and election results.

We need informed candidates and people will-ing to work. It will cost about $35,000 to $50,000, for a Congressional race or a small state Senate race, to be used as a sample election. This is a bar-gain since a contested Congressional race that is won, usually costs from $500,000 to over 2 million using present methods and very few voters are in-formed about issues when the election is over!!!

My experience is you can discuss almost any-

thing if properly, headlined and developed. Do not

let the mass media spin-doctors, smear and attack

you without you getting readers and supporters.

If ignored you give every home a tabloid that

explains your issues. Let‟s revive our CONSTITU-

TION and promote LIBERTY and JUSTICE for

all law abiding citizens; blacks, Indians, Mexicans,

Asians, legal immigrants, etc., both in the United

States, and by example throughout the world!

In political campaigns and the fight for freedom

and justice, money is important, but frequently your

talent, your time and your labor are far more im-

portant for success.

Accepting the worst of two candidates out of frustration is seldom the best solution, but forcing a runoff in the primary election by supporting the best candidate is never bad!!!

We have used the term conservative because

that is the term most people use, however, a demo-

cratic (libertarian republican or Constitutional repub-

lican) would be better. Conservative means to pro-

tect what you have.

We want to return to a system of layered bottom

up system of constitutional democratic republics

(county, state & federal) with sovereignty starting

with the people, and with restored sovereignty to

jurors in a jury trial.

Most lawyers and judges act unaware of this, but

in 1803, they impeached and tried Supreme Court

Justice Samuel Chase. LIBS emphasize he was not

convicted.

Over 1/3 of the Senate voted not guilty for what-

ever reason but the important point is well over ½ of

the House and the Senate voted, that stopping a ju-

ry from hearing arguments on the Constitutional-

ity of laws was an impeachable crime. I found the

full text of the case but not in a law library.

Denial of these rights and case law has been a

part of the LIBS progressive agenda since the late

1800‟s!!! The case that seems most often referenced

is the 1895 Case of Sparf vs. United State. The mi-

nority opinions are very insightful. NEM

Give me ten hearty men stout hearted and

true and I will soon give you ten thousand more.


"The Making of America"

The Substance and Meaning of the Constitution

by W. Cleon Skousen

This is an excellent book on the people and the history behind the Constitution. It also includes a detailed study of the United States Constitution itself, explaining its structure, its purpose, and it's meaning. Skousen takes each Article of the Constitution, quotes it, then if necessary, paraphrases it to help clarify its meaning. He then quotes from those who were instrumental in designing and writing the Constitution to let them explain what their concerns were at the time, and why they did what they did.

If only 10% of the students in this Country were to study this book, in 10 years we would be a very different, a much better Country. In 20 years, it would be a much different, better world. We would stop exporting and practicing fascism and live up to the dreams of the founding fathers and start supporting and exporting those principles which provide the Foundations of Freedom and Justice.

We should stop importing immigrants who are seeking the American Dream (and getting only Fascism instead) and start exporting the knowledge necessary for them to start establishing a system of Freedom and Justice in their own country. Our Prosperity is based on a growing middle class, and a shrinking lower class. It is a byproduct of our system of freedom and justice. It would do the same for others, if they understood and tried it.

million dollar donation from liberal leftist George Soros to hire 100 journalist (perhaps liberal leftist) included firing or Juan Williams. Many LIBS were upset with him for defending his liberal perspective with Bill O'Reilly and Hannity on the Fox News cable channel.

Perhaps they are concerned that this undermines their attacks on Fox News of not being fair and bal-anced. Perhaps it undermines their leftist agenda. Let’s also look back and consider the attempt-ed mass hysteria and smears the LIBS attempted to use to stop Clarence Thomas (who is black) from being seat-ed as a Supreme Court Justice.

Other examples of blacks being attacked are Clar-ence Thomas, Walter Williams, Thomas Sowell and Dr. Alveda King, niece of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Let’s also consider the incident in which several LIB politicians went out of their way to deliberately walk through a Tea Party gathering in Washington D. C. Were they hoping to provoke the incident they accused they Tea Party people of causing, and the LIBS were making a big deal out of it until Andrew Breitbart of-fered $100,000 dollars to anyone who could produce the evidence. They didn’t or couldn’t do it. Labor Un-ion activists did knock down, and kick and stomp one black fellow who attended Tea Party gathering in St Louis. He was sent to the hospital, perhaps as a warn-ing to other blacks who might agree with the Tea Party agenda.

They continue to refer to the Tea Party activist as anti-women, racist, neo Nazis even though there are twice as many conservative women running for office as there have been since 1900. Many if not most have Tea Party support. The same applies to blacks and other minorities running as conservatives Republicans. The Nazis were liberal leftist 90% of the way to being Com-munists. They were National Socialist. World War II between Hitler and Stalin was a vicious family feud. The LIBS in the media and liberal left political activist are attacking these candidates far more vicious-ly then they do white male candidates.

If they are for minorities getting ahead and becom-ing a part of the culture, why are they attacking them so aggressively to keep them from succeeding? Is this per-haps evidence, that they are more interested using mi-norities as cannon fodder for their liberal left political agenda? I believe, to LIBS, racism and minority discrimi-nation are political tools to be cultivated and used to promote a left wing agenda instead of helping minori-ties. They are not interested in helping minorities be-come successful professors, teachers, entrepreneurs or political candidates if it doesn’t promote their left wing agenda.

Do Progressive Liberals Play the Race Card

From the Bottom of the Deck?



Why did NPR National Public Radio fire Juan Williams? Did it have anything to do with George Soros’s 118 million-dollar tax deductible donation?

I am convinced the liberal left progressives are not inter-ested in promoting progress for honest hard working minor-ities. This includes women, blacks, Hispanics, Arabs or Jews!!! They are interested in creating and using conflict to advance their pro-socialist/Marxist agenda.

You have only to observe the viciousness and the inten-sity with which they attack pro-constitutional, pro-free en-terprise, pro-conservative minorities who speak up, espe-cially if they take an interest in politics or Biblical Christiani-ty vs. social gospel Christianity. This even applies to moder-ate and liberal minorities who are willing to discuss and defend their views with pro freedom and justice conserva-tives in a public forum. NPR’S treatment of Juan Williams, who is black, is a good example of this. Or perhaps the 118


Should discrimination of the minority groups be an excuse for the despicable poverty and the inner city dilapidation, drugs and crime?

“No!”, according to Mr. Thomas Sowell. After analyzing different ethnic or racial groups in a wide variety of societies-Germans in Brazil, Australia and the United States -- Chinese in Hongkong, Indonesia and the Caribbean, Jews in Europe and Iraq -- from an international perspective, he has come to the conclusion that any minority group’s economic state does not

depend on the way they are treated by the larger society. It very much depends on that minority group’s culture and work ethic.

In his book, he cites numerous examples of minority groups who had left

their native lands and migrated into new strange countries. Once there, these groups have beaten odds and excelled in commerce. They have become millionaires, raised their standard of living and their quality of life, through discipline, sheer hard work and thrift. Sowell tells us that the Chinese have a reputation for industriousness, frugality, acumen and reliability in business. As a matter of fact, their ability in trades and small business makes them feared as competitors.

After reading the book, one is ultimately able to discard the fallacies that discrimination is mostly based on skin color, and that if you are discriminated against, you cannot get anywhere. Otherwise, Sowell demonstrates that the same fallacy of color would not explain the discrimination among the Asian, Indian and African ethnic groups who share the same color and culture.

The Chinese natives who were driven from their country during the Ming Dynasty ( 1368 -1644) became extremely successful entrepreneurs in the entire South East Asia region, dominating commerce and industry. They are a minority in these countries, and they suffer discrimination. They own 75% of the rice mills in Philippines and almost 90% of rice mills in Siam. The Chinese are also financiers, middlemen and money lenders throughout Southeast Asia. The Chinese are seen as Jews are seen in Europe and America.

Since every ethnic group excels at something, there is a benefit to be derived from different people of different ethnic backgrounds cooperating among different racial groups, through domestic markets, international trade or migration of peoples.

If you are hungry for truth, an insight that is multifaceted and well polished like a diamond, you will definitely love this book. This book is absolutely a must reading for anybody who has his/her eyes on making money. The simple message: Work, save, and invest. Especially in yourself!

The sure way to fail is to look down on hard work, and avoid doing any of it. Find excuses for failing by blaming some group or somebody else, and at the same time go about spending your earnings for status consumption and gratification.

As we learn from the example of the Chinese and other groups illustrated in this book, we cannot help but conclude that blacks and other minorities in America, can indeed be self-motivated to work hard. Among other things, they excel in professional sports, which requires very hard work and discipline. Blacks have shown that they are capable of attaining a high level of motivation and achievement.

There is a possibility that their failure in achieving a good work ethic, taking and keeping a job and any other honest work, may be caused by undue craving for status in the society, in which they believe they unfairly remain at the lowest bottom of the ladder.

In addition, they may not have accepted the importance of self improvement, work, savings, and investment as the keys to success. The liberal media has succeeded in convincing them as a group, that they are incapable of any success without the government’s help: That until the government has passed laws that eliminate all possible prejudice, they have an ironclad excuse for failure.

“They have become

millionaires, raised their

standard of living and

their quality of life,

through discipline, sheer

hard work and thrift.”

The Economics and Politics of RACE

Friends of Freedom and Justice Journal: 2010 Historic Nevada Election Issue

The Back Page Book Reviews Section

This is an outstanding read that should be in the library of anyone who aspires to have a knowledge of this aspect of history, as well as promoting freedom and justice. Almost every page contains a fact or an idea that gives an insight into history which is important to freedom and justice, significantly more than most books. You not only get the benefit of Sowell’s knowledge of facts, but you get to enjoy the analysis and insights of a brilliant mind and excellent writer.

One of the most important historical insights you can get from this book is that discrimination does not prevent success, but that success — in spite of discrimination — often results in some of the most depraved forms of prejudice, discrimination, mass murder, and genocide!

This book demonstrates that historically, economic success can be achieved by anybody who is willing to work and overcome the obstacles.

This real problem is pointing out to everybody that economic is a reward provided by the customer to those who provide the best, most wanted or needed service or product, at the best price.

Success comes when you accept starting at the bottom and doing what is necessary to work your way up, instead of waiting for good luck — or some government program — to allow you to start at the top.

Sowell’s research demonstrates that those willing to apply the rules for success, will succeed -- even when everything is taken from them and they have to start over in a different country -- and no amount of foreign aid can ever “create” success, unless individuals learn and apply the rules of success.

We believe the research in this book supports the following proposition: A liberal or socialist agenda will never produce economic success, nor will it maximize freedom or justice.

The liberal secular humanists are always blaming America’s problems on the WASPs -- White Anglo-Saxon Protestants — who supposedly represent the “majority.” First of all, only 14%

of the people in the US are Anglo-Saxon -- and they’re not all Protestants. The truth is, we are all “minorities” and the true jury system is the way justice is maximized for any minority.

The science of freedom and justice for everybody, is the science of keeping government in check -- not the science of using government for the benefit of the minority you belong to, or forming “coalitions” of minorities to

make an artificial majority which will in turn misuse the power of government to exploit minorities outside the coalition. In the long run the left wing liberal agenda is no better than chattel slavery, and is often worse.

“Thou Shalt Not Right Wrongs Past, by Wronging Others in the Present.” Blacks in America are the richest and most free of any in the world. As soon as they escape from the liberal mind trap they will be even richer, more free, and have more access to justice.

Slavery is terrible, no question. Every race has at one time or another in history been in slavery, both to its own race and others. Blacks in America would greatly benefit to overcome the fact that they were one of the last groups to be trapped by the terrible social injustice of slavery, and be thankful that however it happened, they are now in America, and part of the posterity of freedom.

American Blacks should be in the forefront of promoting freedom and justice for everyone worldwide, and in fact are beginning to join with us in promoting this cause, in ever increasing numbers.

What the Friends of Freedom and Justice is promoting for everybody is better than what the left wing liberals have to offer for anybody.

Tony Brown, host of

Tony Brown’s Journal

on PBS television, says:

“Sowell’s book is brilliant!”

By Thomas Sowell, author of

Ethnic America:

paper back $ 9.95

Do Progressive Liberals Play the Race Card

From the Bottom of the Deck?

Juan Williams, Journalist

Recently Fired by NPR for

Exercising Freedom of Speech.

Truthfully.